Merge drm/drm-next into drm-intel-next-queued
Need d224985a5e31 ("sched/wait, drivers/drm: Convert wait_on_atomic_t() usage to the new wait_var_event() API") in dinq to be able to fix https://bugs.freedesktop.org/show_bug.cgi?id=106085. Signed-off-by: Jani Nikula <jani.nikula@intel.com>
This commit is contained in:
commit
53f071e19d
428
.clang-format
Normal file
428
.clang-format
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,428 @@
|
||||
# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
|
||||
#
|
||||
# clang-format configuration file. Intended for clang-format >= 4.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For more information, see:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Documentation/process/clang-format.rst
|
||||
# https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormat.html
|
||||
# https://clang.llvm.org/docs/ClangFormatStyleOptions.html
|
||||
#
|
||||
---
|
||||
AccessModifierOffset: -4
|
||||
AlignAfterOpenBracket: Align
|
||||
AlignConsecutiveAssignments: false
|
||||
AlignConsecutiveDeclarations: false
|
||||
#AlignEscapedNewlines: Left # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
AlignOperands: true
|
||||
AlignTrailingComments: false
|
||||
AllowAllParametersOfDeclarationOnNextLine: false
|
||||
AllowShortBlocksOnASingleLine: false
|
||||
AllowShortCaseLabelsOnASingleLine: false
|
||||
AllowShortFunctionsOnASingleLine: None
|
||||
AllowShortIfStatementsOnASingleLine: false
|
||||
AllowShortLoopsOnASingleLine: false
|
||||
AlwaysBreakAfterDefinitionReturnType: None
|
||||
AlwaysBreakAfterReturnType: None
|
||||
AlwaysBreakBeforeMultilineStrings: false
|
||||
AlwaysBreakTemplateDeclarations: false
|
||||
BinPackArguments: true
|
||||
BinPackParameters: true
|
||||
BraceWrapping:
|
||||
AfterClass: false
|
||||
AfterControlStatement: false
|
||||
AfterEnum: false
|
||||
AfterFunction: true
|
||||
AfterNamespace: true
|
||||
AfterObjCDeclaration: false
|
||||
AfterStruct: false
|
||||
AfterUnion: false
|
||||
#AfterExternBlock: false # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
|
||||
BeforeCatch: false
|
||||
BeforeElse: false
|
||||
IndentBraces: false
|
||||
#SplitEmptyFunction: true # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
#SplitEmptyRecord: true # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
#SplitEmptyNamespace: true # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
BreakBeforeBinaryOperators: None
|
||||
BreakBeforeBraces: Custom
|
||||
#BreakBeforeInheritanceComma: false # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
BreakBeforeTernaryOperators: false
|
||||
BreakConstructorInitializersBeforeComma: false
|
||||
#BreakConstructorInitializers: BeforeComma # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
BreakAfterJavaFieldAnnotations: false
|
||||
BreakStringLiterals: false
|
||||
ColumnLimit: 80
|
||||
CommentPragmas: '^ IWYU pragma:'
|
||||
#CompactNamespaces: false # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
ConstructorInitializerAllOnOneLineOrOnePerLine: false
|
||||
ConstructorInitializerIndentWidth: 8
|
||||
ContinuationIndentWidth: 8
|
||||
Cpp11BracedListStyle: false
|
||||
DerivePointerAlignment: false
|
||||
DisableFormat: false
|
||||
ExperimentalAutoDetectBinPacking: false
|
||||
#FixNamespaceComments: false # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
|
||||
# Taken from:
|
||||
# git grep -h '^#define [^[:space:]]*for_each[^[:space:]]*(' include/ \
|
||||
# | sed "s,^#define \([^[:space:]]*for_each[^[:space:]]*\)(.*$, - '\1'," \
|
||||
# | sort | uniq
|
||||
ForEachMacros:
|
||||
- 'apei_estatus_for_each_section'
|
||||
- 'ata_for_each_dev'
|
||||
- 'ata_for_each_link'
|
||||
- 'ax25_for_each'
|
||||
- 'ax25_uid_for_each'
|
||||
- 'bio_for_each_integrity_vec'
|
||||
- '__bio_for_each_segment'
|
||||
- 'bio_for_each_segment'
|
||||
- 'bio_for_each_segment_all'
|
||||
- 'bio_list_for_each'
|
||||
- 'bip_for_each_vec'
|
||||
- 'blkg_for_each_descendant_post'
|
||||
- 'blkg_for_each_descendant_pre'
|
||||
- 'blk_queue_for_each_rl'
|
||||
- 'bond_for_each_slave'
|
||||
- 'bond_for_each_slave_rcu'
|
||||
- 'btree_for_each_safe128'
|
||||
- 'btree_for_each_safe32'
|
||||
- 'btree_for_each_safe64'
|
||||
- 'btree_for_each_safel'
|
||||
- 'card_for_each_dev'
|
||||
- 'cgroup_taskset_for_each'
|
||||
- 'cgroup_taskset_for_each_leader'
|
||||
- 'cpufreq_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'cpufreq_for_each_entry_idx'
|
||||
- 'cpufreq_for_each_valid_entry'
|
||||
- 'cpufreq_for_each_valid_entry_idx'
|
||||
- 'css_for_each_child'
|
||||
- 'css_for_each_descendant_post'
|
||||
- 'css_for_each_descendant_pre'
|
||||
- 'device_for_each_child_node'
|
||||
- 'drm_atomic_crtc_for_each_plane'
|
||||
- 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane'
|
||||
- 'drm_atomic_crtc_state_for_each_plane_state'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_connector_iter'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_crtc'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_encoder'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_encoder_mask'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_fb'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_legacy_plane'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_plane'
|
||||
- 'drm_for_each_plane_mask'
|
||||
- 'drm_mm_for_each_hole'
|
||||
- 'drm_mm_for_each_node'
|
||||
- 'drm_mm_for_each_node_in_range'
|
||||
- 'drm_mm_for_each_node_safe'
|
||||
- 'for_each_active_drhd_unit'
|
||||
- 'for_each_active_iommu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_available_child_of_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_bio'
|
||||
- 'for_each_board_func_rsrc'
|
||||
- 'for_each_bvec'
|
||||
- 'for_each_child_of_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_clear_bit'
|
||||
- 'for_each_clear_bit_from'
|
||||
- 'for_each_cmsghdr'
|
||||
- 'for_each_compatible_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_console'
|
||||
- 'for_each_cpu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_cpu_and'
|
||||
- 'for_each_cpu_not'
|
||||
- 'for_each_cpu_wrap'
|
||||
- 'for_each_dev_addr'
|
||||
- 'for_each_dma_cap_mask'
|
||||
- 'for_each_drhd_unit'
|
||||
- 'for_each_dss_dev'
|
||||
- 'for_each_efi_memory_desc'
|
||||
- 'for_each_efi_memory_desc_in_map'
|
||||
- 'for_each_endpoint_of_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_evictable_lru'
|
||||
- 'for_each_fib6_node_rt_rcu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_fib6_walker_rt'
|
||||
- 'for_each_free_mem_range'
|
||||
- 'for_each_free_mem_range_reverse'
|
||||
- 'for_each_func_rsrc'
|
||||
- 'for_each_hstate'
|
||||
- 'for_each_if'
|
||||
- 'for_each_iommu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_ip_tunnel_rcu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_irq_nr'
|
||||
- 'for_each_lru'
|
||||
- 'for_each_matching_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_matching_node_and_match'
|
||||
- 'for_each_memblock'
|
||||
- 'for_each_memblock_type'
|
||||
- 'for_each_memcg_cache_index'
|
||||
- 'for_each_mem_pfn_range'
|
||||
- 'for_each_mem_range'
|
||||
- 'for_each_mem_range_rev'
|
||||
- 'for_each_migratetype_order'
|
||||
- 'for_each_msi_entry'
|
||||
- 'for_each_net'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev_continue'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev_continue_rcu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev_feature'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev_in_bond_rcu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev_rcu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev_reverse'
|
||||
- 'for_each_netdev_safe'
|
||||
- 'for_each_net_rcu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_new_connector_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_new_crtc_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_new_plane_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_new_private_obj_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_node_by_name'
|
||||
- 'for_each_node_by_type'
|
||||
- 'for_each_node_mask'
|
||||
- 'for_each_node_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_node_with_cpus'
|
||||
- 'for_each_node_with_property'
|
||||
- 'for_each_of_allnodes'
|
||||
- 'for_each_of_allnodes_from'
|
||||
- 'for_each_of_pci_range'
|
||||
- 'for_each_old_connector_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_old_crtc_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_oldnew_connector_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_oldnew_crtc_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_oldnew_plane_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_oldnew_private_obj_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_old_plane_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_old_private_obj_in_state'
|
||||
- 'for_each_online_cpu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_online_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_online_pgdat'
|
||||
- 'for_each_pci_bridge'
|
||||
- 'for_each_pci_dev'
|
||||
- 'for_each_pci_msi_entry'
|
||||
- 'for_each_populated_zone'
|
||||
- 'for_each_possible_cpu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_present_cpu'
|
||||
- 'for_each_prime_number'
|
||||
- 'for_each_prime_number_from'
|
||||
- 'for_each_process'
|
||||
- 'for_each_process_thread'
|
||||
- 'for_each_property_of_node'
|
||||
- 'for_each_reserved_mem_region'
|
||||
- 'for_each_resv_unavail_range'
|
||||
- 'for_each_rtdcom'
|
||||
- 'for_each_rtdcom_safe'
|
||||
- 'for_each_set_bit'
|
||||
- 'for_each_set_bit_from'
|
||||
- 'for_each_sg'
|
||||
- 'for_each_sg_page'
|
||||
- '__for_each_thread'
|
||||
- 'for_each_thread'
|
||||
- 'for_each_zone'
|
||||
- 'for_each_zone_zonelist'
|
||||
- 'for_each_zone_zonelist_nodemask'
|
||||
- 'fwnode_for_each_available_child_node'
|
||||
- 'fwnode_for_each_child_node'
|
||||
- 'fwnode_graph_for_each_endpoint'
|
||||
- 'gadget_for_each_ep'
|
||||
- 'hash_for_each'
|
||||
- 'hash_for_each_possible'
|
||||
- 'hash_for_each_possible_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hash_for_each_possible_rcu_notrace'
|
||||
- 'hash_for_each_possible_safe'
|
||||
- 'hash_for_each_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hash_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'hctx_for_each_ctx'
|
||||
- 'hlist_bl_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'hlist_bl_for_each_entry_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hlist_bl_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_continue'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_continue_rcu_bh'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_from'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_from_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_bh'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_rcu_notrace'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- '__hlist_for_each_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hlist_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'hlist_nulls_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_from'
|
||||
- 'hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_rcu'
|
||||
- 'hlist_nulls_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'ide_host_for_each_port'
|
||||
- 'ide_port_for_each_dev'
|
||||
- 'ide_port_for_each_present_dev'
|
||||
- 'idr_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'idr_for_each_entry_continue'
|
||||
- 'idr_for_each_entry_ul'
|
||||
- 'inet_bind_bucket_for_each'
|
||||
- 'inet_lhash2_for_each_icsk_rcu'
|
||||
- 'iov_for_each'
|
||||
- 'key_for_each'
|
||||
- 'key_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'klp_for_each_func'
|
||||
- 'klp_for_each_object'
|
||||
- 'kvm_for_each_memslot'
|
||||
- 'kvm_for_each_vcpu'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_continue'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_continue_rcu'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_continue_reverse'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_from'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_from_reverse'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_lockless'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_rcu'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_reverse'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_safe_continue'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_safe_from'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_entry_safe_reverse'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_prev'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_prev_safe'
|
||||
- 'list_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'llist_for_each'
|
||||
- 'llist_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'llist_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'llist_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'media_device_for_each_entity'
|
||||
- 'media_device_for_each_intf'
|
||||
- 'media_device_for_each_link'
|
||||
- 'media_device_for_each_pad'
|
||||
- 'netdev_for_each_lower_dev'
|
||||
- 'netdev_for_each_lower_private'
|
||||
- 'netdev_for_each_lower_private_rcu'
|
||||
- 'netdev_for_each_mc_addr'
|
||||
- 'netdev_for_each_uc_addr'
|
||||
- 'netdev_for_each_upper_dev_rcu'
|
||||
- 'netdev_hw_addr_list_for_each'
|
||||
- 'nft_rule_for_each_expr'
|
||||
- 'nla_for_each_attr'
|
||||
- 'nla_for_each_nested'
|
||||
- 'nlmsg_for_each_attr'
|
||||
- 'nlmsg_for_each_msg'
|
||||
- 'nr_neigh_for_each'
|
||||
- 'nr_neigh_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'nr_node_for_each'
|
||||
- 'nr_node_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'of_for_each_phandle'
|
||||
- 'of_property_for_each_string'
|
||||
- 'of_property_for_each_u32'
|
||||
- 'pci_bus_for_each_resource'
|
||||
- 'ping_portaddr_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'plist_for_each'
|
||||
- 'plist_for_each_continue'
|
||||
- 'plist_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'plist_for_each_entry_continue'
|
||||
- 'plist_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'plist_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'pnp_for_each_card'
|
||||
- 'pnp_for_each_dev'
|
||||
- 'protocol_for_each_card'
|
||||
- 'protocol_for_each_dev'
|
||||
- 'queue_for_each_hw_ctx'
|
||||
- 'radix_tree_for_each_contig'
|
||||
- 'radix_tree_for_each_slot'
|
||||
- 'radix_tree_for_each_tagged'
|
||||
- 'rbtree_postorder_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'resource_list_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'resource_list_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'rhl_for_each_entry_rcu'
|
||||
- 'rhl_for_each_rcu'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_continue'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_entry_continue'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_entry_rcu'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_entry_rcu_continue'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_entry_safe'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_rcu'
|
||||
- 'rht_for_each_rcu_continue'
|
||||
- '__rq_for_each_bio'
|
||||
- 'rq_for_each_segment'
|
||||
- 'scsi_for_each_prot_sg'
|
||||
- 'scsi_for_each_sg'
|
||||
- 'sctp_for_each_hentry'
|
||||
- 'sctp_skb_for_each'
|
||||
- 'shdma_for_each_chan'
|
||||
- '__shost_for_each_device'
|
||||
- 'shost_for_each_device'
|
||||
- 'sk_for_each'
|
||||
- 'sk_for_each_bound'
|
||||
- 'sk_for_each_entry_offset_rcu'
|
||||
- 'sk_for_each_from'
|
||||
- 'sk_for_each_rcu'
|
||||
- 'sk_for_each_safe'
|
||||
- 'sk_nulls_for_each'
|
||||
- 'sk_nulls_for_each_from'
|
||||
- 'sk_nulls_for_each_rcu'
|
||||
- 'snd_pcm_group_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_path'
|
||||
- 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_path_safe'
|
||||
- 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_sink_path'
|
||||
- 'snd_soc_dapm_widget_for_each_source_path'
|
||||
- 'tb_property_for_each'
|
||||
- 'udp_portaddr_for_each_entry'
|
||||
- 'udp_portaddr_for_each_entry_rcu'
|
||||
- 'usb_hub_for_each_child'
|
||||
- 'v4l2_device_for_each_subdev'
|
||||
- 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf'
|
||||
- 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_dst_buf_safe'
|
||||
- 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf'
|
||||
- 'v4l2_m2m_for_each_src_buf_safe'
|
||||
- 'zorro_for_each_dev'
|
||||
|
||||
#IncludeBlocks: Preserve # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
|
||||
IncludeCategories:
|
||||
- Regex: '.*'
|
||||
Priority: 1
|
||||
IncludeIsMainRegex: '(Test)?$'
|
||||
IndentCaseLabels: false
|
||||
#IndentPPDirectives: None # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
|
||||
IndentWidth: 8
|
||||
IndentWrappedFunctionNames: true
|
||||
JavaScriptQuotes: Leave
|
||||
JavaScriptWrapImports: true
|
||||
KeepEmptyLinesAtTheStartOfBlocks: false
|
||||
MacroBlockBegin: ''
|
||||
MacroBlockEnd: ''
|
||||
MaxEmptyLinesToKeep: 1
|
||||
NamespaceIndentation: Inner
|
||||
#ObjCBinPackProtocolList: Auto # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
|
||||
ObjCBlockIndentWidth: 8
|
||||
ObjCSpaceAfterProperty: true
|
||||
ObjCSpaceBeforeProtocolList: true
|
||||
|
||||
# Taken from git's rules
|
||||
#PenaltyBreakAssignment: 10 # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
PenaltyBreakBeforeFirstCallParameter: 30
|
||||
PenaltyBreakComment: 10
|
||||
PenaltyBreakFirstLessLess: 0
|
||||
PenaltyBreakString: 10
|
||||
PenaltyExcessCharacter: 100
|
||||
PenaltyReturnTypeOnItsOwnLine: 60
|
||||
|
||||
PointerAlignment: Right
|
||||
ReflowComments: false
|
||||
SortIncludes: false
|
||||
#SortUsingDeclarations: false # Unknown to clang-format-4.0
|
||||
SpaceAfterCStyleCast: false
|
||||
SpaceAfterTemplateKeyword: true
|
||||
SpaceBeforeAssignmentOperators: true
|
||||
#SpaceBeforeCtorInitializerColon: true # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
|
||||
#SpaceBeforeInheritanceColon: true # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
|
||||
SpaceBeforeParens: ControlStatements
|
||||
#SpaceBeforeRangeBasedForLoopColon: true # Unknown to clang-format-5.0
|
||||
SpaceInEmptyParentheses: false
|
||||
SpacesBeforeTrailingComments: 1
|
||||
SpacesInAngles: false
|
||||
SpacesInContainerLiterals: false
|
||||
SpacesInCStyleCastParentheses: false
|
||||
SpacesInParentheses: false
|
||||
SpacesInSquareBrackets: false
|
||||
Standard: Cpp03
|
||||
TabWidth: 8
|
||||
UseTab: Always
|
||||
...
|
9
.gitignore
vendored
9
.gitignore
vendored
@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
.*
|
||||
*.a
|
||||
*.asn1.[ch]
|
||||
*.bin
|
||||
*.bz2
|
||||
*.c.[012]*.*
|
||||
@ -22,6 +23,7 @@
|
||||
*.gz
|
||||
*.i
|
||||
*.ko
|
||||
*.lex.c
|
||||
*.ll
|
||||
*.lst
|
||||
*.lz4
|
||||
@ -37,6 +39,7 @@
|
||||
*.so.dbg
|
||||
*.su
|
||||
*.symtypes
|
||||
*.tab.[ch]
|
||||
*.tar
|
||||
*.xz
|
||||
Module.symvers
|
||||
@ -81,12 +84,14 @@ modules.builtin
|
||||
!.gitignore
|
||||
!.mailmap
|
||||
!.cocciconfig
|
||||
!.clang-format
|
||||
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Generated include files
|
||||
#
|
||||
include/config
|
||||
include/generated
|
||||
include/ksym
|
||||
arch/*/include/generated
|
||||
|
||||
# stgit generated dirs
|
||||
@ -127,7 +132,3 @@ all.config
|
||||
|
||||
# Kdevelop4
|
||||
*.kdev4
|
||||
|
||||
#Automatically generated by ASN.1 compiler
|
||||
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_snmp_basic-asn1.c
|
||||
net/ipv4/netfilter/nf_nat_snmp_basic-asn1.h
|
||||
|
11
.mailmap
11
.mailmap
@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ Aleksey Gorelov <aleksey_gorelov@phoenix.com>
|
||||
Aleksandar Markovic <aleksandar.markovic@mips.com> <aleksandar.markovic@imgtec.com>
|
||||
Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk>
|
||||
Al Viro <viro@zenIV.linux.org.uk>
|
||||
Andi Shyti <andi@etezian.org> <andi.shyti@samsung.com>
|
||||
Andreas Herrmann <aherrman@de.ibm.com>
|
||||
Andrey Ryabinin <ryabinin.a.a@gmail.com> <a.ryabinin@samsung.com>
|
||||
Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
|
||||
@ -33,9 +34,9 @@ Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
|
||||
Ben Gardner <bgardner@wabtec.com>
|
||||
Ben M Cahill <ben.m.cahill@intel.com>
|
||||
Björn Steinbrink <B.Steinbrink@gmx.de>
|
||||
Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
|
||||
Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com> <b.brezillon.dev@gmail.com>
|
||||
Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com> <b.brezillon@overkiz.com>
|
||||
Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com> <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
|
||||
Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com> <b.brezillon.dev@gmail.com>
|
||||
Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@bootlin.com> <b.brezillon@overkiz.com>
|
||||
Brian Avery <b.avery@hp.com>
|
||||
Brian King <brking@us.ibm.com>
|
||||
Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
|
||||
@ -62,6 +63,7 @@ Frank Zago <fzago@systemfabricworks.com>
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@echidna.(none)>
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>
|
||||
Gregory CLEMENT <gregory.clement@bootlin.com> <gregory.clement@free-electrons.com>
|
||||
Henk Vergonet <Henk.Vergonet@gmail.com>
|
||||
Henrik Kretzschmar <henne@nachtwindheim.de>
|
||||
Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@bitmath.org>
|
||||
@ -100,6 +102,8 @@ Koushik <raghavendra.koushik@neterion.com>
|
||||
Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> <k.kozlowski@samsung.com>
|
||||
Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org> <k.kozlowski.k@gmail.com>
|
||||
Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
|
||||
Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> <leon@leon.nu>
|
||||
Leon Romanovsky <leon@kernel.org> <leonro@mellanox.com>
|
||||
Leonid I Ananiev <leonid.i.ananiev@intel.com>
|
||||
Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
|
||||
Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> <linus.luessing@web.de>
|
||||
@ -126,6 +130,7 @@ Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com>
|
||||
Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
|
||||
Michel Dänzer <michel@tungstengraphics.com>
|
||||
Miodrag Dinic <miodrag.dinic@mips.com> <miodrag.dinic@imgtec.com>
|
||||
Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com> <miquel.raynal@free-electrons.com>
|
||||
Mitesh shah <mshah@teja.com>
|
||||
Mohit Kumar <mohit.kumar@st.com> <mohit.kumar.dhaka@gmail.com>
|
||||
Morten Welinder <terra@gnome.org>
|
||||
|
358
COPYING
358
COPYING
@ -1,356 +1,18 @@
|
||||
The Linux Kernel is provided under:
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE! This copyright does *not* cover user programs that use kernel
|
||||
services by normal system calls - this is merely considered normal use
|
||||
of the kernel, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived work".
|
||||
Also note that the GPL below is copyrighted by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, but the instance of code that it refers to (the Linux
|
||||
kernel) is copyrighted by me and others who actually wrote it.
|
||||
SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0 WITH Linux-syscall-note
|
||||
|
||||
Also note that the only valid version of the GPL as far as the kernel
|
||||
is concerned is _this_ particular version of the license (ie v2, not
|
||||
v2.2 or v3.x or whatever), unless explicitly otherwise stated.
|
||||
Being under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 only,
|
||||
according with:
|
||||
|
||||
Linus Torvalds
|
||||
LICENSES/preferred/GPL-2.0
|
||||
|
||||
----------------------------------------
|
||||
With an explicit syscall exception, as stated at:
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
Version 2, June 1991
|
||||
LICENSES/exceptions/Linux-syscall-note
|
||||
|
||||
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
|
||||
51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
|
||||
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
|
||||
In addition, other licenses may also apply. Please see:
|
||||
|
||||
Preamble
|
||||
Documentation/process/license-rules.rst
|
||||
|
||||
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your
|
||||
freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public
|
||||
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
|
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This
|
||||
General Public License applies to most of the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to
|
||||
using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by
|
||||
the GNU Library General Public License instead.) You can apply it to
|
||||
your programs, too.
|
||||
|
||||
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
|
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
|
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
|
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it
|
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it
|
||||
in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
|
||||
|
||||
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
|
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
|
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
|
||||
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
|
||||
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
|
||||
you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
|
||||
source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their
|
||||
rights.
|
||||
|
||||
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
|
||||
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
|
||||
distribute and/or modify the software.
|
||||
|
||||
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
|
||||
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
|
||||
software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
|
||||
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
|
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
|
||||
authors' reputations.
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software
|
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free
|
||||
program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the
|
||||
program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any
|
||||
patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
|
||||
|
||||
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
|
||||
modification follow.
|
||||
|
||||
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
|
||||
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
|
||||
|
||||
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains
|
||||
a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed
|
||||
under the terms of this General Public License. The "Program", below,
|
||||
refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program"
|
||||
means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law:
|
||||
that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
|
||||
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
|
||||
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in
|
||||
the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
|
||||
|
||||
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not
|
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of
|
||||
running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program
|
||||
is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the
|
||||
Program (independent of having been made by running the Program).
|
||||
Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
|
||||
|
||||
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's
|
||||
source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you
|
||||
conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate
|
||||
copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
|
||||
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty;
|
||||
and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License
|
||||
along with the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and
|
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
|
||||
|
||||
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion
|
||||
of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and
|
||||
distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1
|
||||
above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
|
||||
|
||||
a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
|
||||
stating that you changed the files and the date of any change.
|
||||
|
||||
b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in
|
||||
whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any
|
||||
part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third
|
||||
parties under the terms of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively
|
||||
when run, you must cause it, when started running for such
|
||||
interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
|
||||
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a
|
||||
notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide
|
||||
a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under
|
||||
these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this
|
||||
License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but
|
||||
does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on
|
||||
the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
|
||||
|
||||
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If
|
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program,
|
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in
|
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those
|
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you
|
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based
|
||||
on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of
|
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the
|
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
|
||||
|
||||
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest
|
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to
|
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or
|
||||
collective works based on the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program
|
||||
with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of
|
||||
a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under
|
||||
the scope of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it,
|
||||
under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
|
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:
|
||||
|
||||
a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
|
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections
|
||||
1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
|
||||
years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your
|
||||
cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
|
||||
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be
|
||||
distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium
|
||||
customarily used for software interchange; or,
|
||||
|
||||
c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer
|
||||
to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is
|
||||
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
|
||||
received the program in object code or executable form with such
|
||||
an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
|
||||
|
||||
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for
|
||||
making modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source
|
||||
code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any
|
||||
associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to
|
||||
control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a
|
||||
special exception, the source code distributed need not include
|
||||
anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary
|
||||
form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the
|
||||
operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component
|
||||
itself accompanies the executable.
|
||||
|
||||
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering
|
||||
access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent
|
||||
access to copy the source code from the same place counts as
|
||||
distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not
|
||||
compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
|
||||
|
||||
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program
|
||||
except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
|
||||
otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program is
|
||||
void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
|
||||
However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under
|
||||
this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
|
||||
parties remain in full compliance.
|
||||
|
||||
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not
|
||||
signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or
|
||||
distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are
|
||||
prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by
|
||||
modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and
|
||||
all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying
|
||||
the Program or works based on it.
|
||||
|
||||
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
|
||||
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the
|
||||
original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to
|
||||
these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
|
||||
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.
|
||||
You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to
|
||||
this License.
|
||||
|
||||
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent
|
||||
infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues),
|
||||
conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
|
||||
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
|
||||
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot
|
||||
distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
|
||||
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
|
||||
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent
|
||||
license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by
|
||||
all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then
|
||||
the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to
|
||||
refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
|
||||
|
||||
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under
|
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to
|
||||
apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other
|
||||
circumstances.
|
||||
|
||||
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any
|
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any
|
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the
|
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system, which is
|
||||
implemented by public license practices. Many people have made
|
||||
generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed
|
||||
through that system in reliance on consistent application of that
|
||||
system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing
|
||||
to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot
|
||||
impose that choice.
|
||||
|
||||
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to
|
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in
|
||||
certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the
|
||||
original copyright holder who places the Program under this License
|
||||
may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding
|
||||
those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among
|
||||
countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
|
||||
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
|
||||
|
||||
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
|
||||
of the General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
|
||||
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
|
||||
address new problems or concerns.
|
||||
|
||||
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
|
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
|
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
|
||||
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
|
||||
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation.
|
||||
|
||||
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
|
||||
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
|
||||
to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free
|
||||
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
|
||||
make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals
|
||||
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
|
||||
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
|
||||
|
||||
NO WARRANTY
|
||||
|
||||
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
|
||||
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN
|
||||
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
|
||||
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
|
||||
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS
|
||||
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE
|
||||
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
|
||||
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
|
||||
|
||||
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
|
||||
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
|
||||
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
|
||||
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING
|
||||
OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
|
||||
TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY
|
||||
YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER
|
||||
PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
|
||||
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
|
||||
|
||||
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
|
||||
|
||||
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
|
||||
|
||||
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
|
||||
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
|
||||
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
|
||||
|
||||
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
|
||||
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
|
||||
convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
|
||||
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
|
||||
|
||||
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
|
||||
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
|
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
|
||||
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
|
||||
the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
|
||||
(at your option) any later version.
|
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
|
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
|
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
|
||||
GNU General Public License for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
|
||||
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
|
||||
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
|
||||
|
||||
If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
|
||||
when it starts in an interactive mode:
|
||||
|
||||
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) year name of author
|
||||
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
|
||||
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
|
||||
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
|
||||
|
||||
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
|
||||
parts of the General Public License. Of course, the commands you use may
|
||||
be called something other than `show w' and `show c'; they could even be
|
||||
mouse-clicks or menu items--whatever suits your program.
|
||||
|
||||
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
|
||||
school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if
|
||||
necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:
|
||||
|
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program
|
||||
`Gnomovision' (which makes passes at compilers) written by James Hacker.
|
||||
|
||||
<signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1989
|
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice
|
||||
|
||||
This General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into
|
||||
proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may
|
||||
consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the
|
||||
library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Library General
|
||||
Public License instead of this License.
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
5
CREDITS
5
CREDITS
@ -1564,6 +1564,11 @@ W: http://www.carumba.com/
|
||||
D: bug toaster (A1 sauce makes all the difference)
|
||||
D: Random linux hacker
|
||||
|
||||
N: James Hogan
|
||||
E: jhogan@kernel.org
|
||||
D: Metag architecture maintainer
|
||||
D: TZ1090 SoC maintainer
|
||||
|
||||
N: Tim Hockin
|
||||
E: thockin@hockin.org
|
||||
W: http://www.hockin.org/~thockin
|
||||
|
@ -66,8 +66,6 @@ backlight/
|
||||
- directory with info on controlling backlights in flat panel displays
|
||||
bcache.txt
|
||||
- Block-layer cache on fast SSDs to improve slow (raid) I/O performance.
|
||||
blackfin/
|
||||
- directory with documentation for the Blackfin arch.
|
||||
block/
|
||||
- info on the Block I/O (BIO) layer.
|
||||
blockdev/
|
||||
@ -114,8 +112,6 @@ cputopology.txt
|
||||
- documentation on how CPU topology info is exported via sysfs.
|
||||
crc32.txt
|
||||
- brief tutorial on CRC computation
|
||||
cris/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on CRIS architecture.
|
||||
crypto/
|
||||
- directory with info on the Crypto API.
|
||||
dcdbas.txt
|
||||
@ -172,8 +168,6 @@ fmc/
|
||||
- information about the FMC bus abstraction
|
||||
fpga/
|
||||
- FPGA Manager Core.
|
||||
frv/
|
||||
- Fujitsu FR-V Linux documentation.
|
||||
futex-requeue-pi.txt
|
||||
- info on requeueing of tasks from a non-PI futex to a PI futex
|
||||
gcc-plugins.txt
|
||||
@ -276,8 +270,6 @@ memory-hotplug.txt
|
||||
- Hotpluggable memory support, how to use and current status.
|
||||
men-chameleon-bus.txt
|
||||
- info on MEN chameleon bus.
|
||||
metag/
|
||||
- directory with info about Linux on Meta architecture.
|
||||
mic/
|
||||
- Intel Many Integrated Core (MIC) architecture device driver.
|
||||
mips/
|
||||
@ -286,8 +278,6 @@ misc-devices/
|
||||
- directory with info about devices using the misc dev subsystem
|
||||
mmc/
|
||||
- directory with info about the MMC subsystem
|
||||
mn10300/
|
||||
- directory with info about the mn10300 architecture port
|
||||
mtd/
|
||||
- directory with info about memory technology devices (flash)
|
||||
namespaces/
|
||||
|
@ -132,3 +132,10 @@ KernelVersion: 4.16
|
||||
Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
|
||||
Description: Monitor bit associated with channel
|
||||
Users: Debugging tools and userspace drivers
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/vmbus/devices/vmbus_*/channels/NN/ring
|
||||
Date: January. 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.16
|
||||
Contact: Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
|
||||
Description: Binary file created by uio_hv_generic for ring buffer
|
||||
Users: Userspace drivers
|
||||
|
818
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
Normal file
818
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-infiniband
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,818 @@
|
||||
sysfs interface common for all infiniband devices
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/node_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/node_guid
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/sys_image_guid
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
node_type: (RO) Node type (CA, RNIC, usNIC, usNIC UDP,
|
||||
switch or router)
|
||||
|
||||
node_guid: (RO) Node GUID
|
||||
|
||||
sys_image_guid: (RO) System image GUID
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/node_desc
|
||||
Date: Feb, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Update the node description with information such as the
|
||||
node's hostname, so that IB network management software can tie
|
||||
its view to the real world.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/fw_ver
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.10
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Display firmware version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/lid
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/rate
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/lid_mask_count
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/sm_sl
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/sm_lid
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/state
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/phys_state
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/cap_mask
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
lid: (RO) Port LID
|
||||
|
||||
rate: (RO) Port data rate (active width * active
|
||||
speed)
|
||||
|
||||
lid_mask_count: (RO) Port LID mask count
|
||||
|
||||
sm_sl: (RO) Subnet manager SL for port's subnet
|
||||
|
||||
sm_lid: (RO) Subnet manager LID for port's subnet
|
||||
|
||||
state: (RO) Port state (DOWN, INIT, ARMED, ACTIVE or
|
||||
ACTIVE_DEFER)
|
||||
|
||||
phys_state: (RO) Port physical state (Sleep, Polling,
|
||||
LinkUp, etc)
|
||||
|
||||
cap_mask: (RO) Port capability mask. 2 bits here are
|
||||
settable- IsCommunicationManagementSupported
|
||||
(set when CM module is loaded) and IsSM (set via
|
||||
open of issmN file).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/link_layer
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Link layer type information (Infiniband or Ethernet type)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/symbol_error
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_rcv_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_rcv_remote_physical_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_rcv_switch_relay_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/link_error_recovery
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_xmit_constraint_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_rcv_contraint_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/local_link_integrity_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/excessive_buffer_overrun_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_xmit_data
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_rcv_data
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_xmit_packets
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_rcv_packets
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/unicast_rcv_packets
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/unicast_xmit_packets
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/multicast_rcv_packets
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/multicast_xmit_packets
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/link_downed
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_xmit_discards
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/VL15_dropped
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device>/ports/<port-num>/counters/port_xmit_wait
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Errors info:
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
|
||||
symbol_error: (RO) Total number of minor link errors detected on
|
||||
one or more physical lanes.
|
||||
|
||||
port_rcv_errors : (RO) Total number of packets containing an
|
||||
error that were received on the port.
|
||||
|
||||
port_rcv_remote_physical_errors : (RO) Total number of packets
|
||||
marked with the EBP delimiter received on the port.
|
||||
|
||||
port_rcv_switch_relay_errors : (RO) Total number of packets
|
||||
received on the port that were discarded because they could not
|
||||
be forwarded by the switch relay.
|
||||
|
||||
link_error_recovery: (RO) Total number of times the Port
|
||||
Training state machine has successfully completed the link error
|
||||
recovery process.
|
||||
|
||||
port_xmit_constraint_errors: (RO) Total number of packets not
|
||||
transmitted from the switch physical port due to outbound raw
|
||||
filtering or failing outbound partition or IP version check.
|
||||
|
||||
port_rcv_constraint_errors: (RO) Total number of packets
|
||||
received on the switch physical port that are discarded due to
|
||||
inbound raw filtering or failing inbound partition or IP version
|
||||
check.
|
||||
|
||||
local_link_integrity_errors: (RO) The number of times that the
|
||||
count of local physical errors exceeded the threshold specified
|
||||
by LocalPhyErrors
|
||||
|
||||
excessive_buffer_overrun_errors: (RO) This counter, indicates an
|
||||
input buffer overrun. It indicates possible misconfiguration of
|
||||
a port, either by the Subnet Manager (SM) or by user
|
||||
intervention. It can also indicate hardware issues or extremely
|
||||
poor link signal integrity
|
||||
|
||||
Data info:
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
port_xmit_data: (RO) Total number of data octets, divided by 4
|
||||
(lanes), transmitted on all VLs. This is 64 bit counter
|
||||
|
||||
port_rcv_data: (RO) Total number of data octets, divided by 4
|
||||
(lanes), received on all VLs. This is 64 bit counter.
|
||||
|
||||
port_xmit_packets: (RO) Total number of packets transmitted on
|
||||
all VLs from this port. This may include packets with errors.
|
||||
This is 64 bit counter.
|
||||
|
||||
port_rcv_packets: (RO) Total number of packets (this may include
|
||||
packets containing Errors. This is 64 bit counter.
|
||||
|
||||
link_downed: (RO) Total number of times the Port Training state
|
||||
machine has failed the link error recovery process and downed
|
||||
the link.
|
||||
|
||||
unicast_rcv_packets: (RO) Total number of unicast packets,
|
||||
including unicast packets containing errors.
|
||||
|
||||
unicast_xmit_packets: (RO) Total number of unicast packets
|
||||
transmitted on all VLs from the port. This may include unicast
|
||||
packets with errors.
|
||||
|
||||
multicast_rcv_packets: (RO) Total number of multicast packets,
|
||||
including multicast packets containing errors.
|
||||
|
||||
multicast_xmit_packets: (RO) Total number of multicast packets
|
||||
transmitted on all VLs from the port. This may include multicast
|
||||
packets with errors.
|
||||
|
||||
Misc info:
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
port_xmit_discards: (RO) Total number of outbound packets
|
||||
discarded by the port because the port is down or congested.
|
||||
|
||||
VL15_dropped: (RO) Number of incoming VL15 packets dropped due
|
||||
to resource limitations (e.g., lack of buffers) of the port.
|
||||
|
||||
port_xmit_wait: (RO) The number of ticks during which the port
|
||||
had data to transmit but no data was sent during the entire tick
|
||||
(either because of insufficient credits or because of lack of
|
||||
arbitration).
|
||||
|
||||
Each of these files contains the corresponding value from the
|
||||
port's Performance Management PortCounters attribute, as
|
||||
described in the InfiniBand Architecture Specification.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device-name>/hw_counters/lifespan
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<device-name>/ports/<port-num>/hw_counters/lifespan
|
||||
Date: May, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.6
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The optional "hw_counters" subdirectory can be under either the
|
||||
parent device or the port subdirectories or both. If present,
|
||||
there are a list of counters provided by the hardware. They may
|
||||
match some of the counters in the counters directory, but they
|
||||
often include many other counters. In addition to the various
|
||||
counters, there will be a file named "lifespan" that configures
|
||||
how frequently the core should update the counters when they are
|
||||
being accessed (counters are not updated if they are not being
|
||||
accessed). The lifespan is in milliseconds and defaults to 10
|
||||
unless set to something else by the driver. Users may echo a
|
||||
value between 0-10000 to the lifespan file to set the length
|
||||
of time between updates in milliseconds.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<hca>/ports/<port-number>/gid_attrs/ndevs/<gid-index>
|
||||
Date: November 29, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: The net-device's name associated with the GID resides
|
||||
at index <gid-index>.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<hca>/ports/<port-number>/gid_attrs/types/<gid-index>
|
||||
Date: November 29, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: The RoCE type of the associated GID resides at index <gid-index>.
|
||||
This could either be "IB/RoCE v1" for IB and RoCE v1 based GIDs
|
||||
or "RoCE v2" for RoCE v2 based GIDs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/umadN/ibdev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/umadN/port
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/issmN/ibdev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/issmN/port
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Each port of each InfiniBand device has a "umad" device and an
|
||||
"issm" device attached. For example, a two-port HCA will have
|
||||
two umad devices and two issm devices, while a switch will have
|
||||
one device of each type (for switch port 0).
|
||||
|
||||
ibdev: (RO) Show Infiniband (IB) device name
|
||||
|
||||
port: (RO) Display port number
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_mad/abi_version
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Value is incremented if any changes are made that break
|
||||
userspace ABI compatibility of umad & issm devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_cm/ucmN/ibdev
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Display Infiniband (IB) device name
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_cm/abi_version
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Value is incremented if any changes are made that break
|
||||
userspace ABI compatibility of ucm devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbsN/ibdev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/uverbsN/abi_version
|
||||
Date: Sept, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
ibdev: (RO) Display Infiniband (IB) device name
|
||||
|
||||
abi_version: (RO) Show ABI version of IB device specific
|
||||
interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband_verbs/abi_version
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Value is incremented if any changes are made that break
|
||||
userspace ABI compatibility of uverbs devices.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Mellanox IB HCA low-level driver (mthca)
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mthcaX/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mthcaX/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mthcaX/board_id
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Host Channel Adapter type: MT23108, MT25208
|
||||
(MT23108 compat mode), MT25208 or MT25204
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Chelsio T3 RDMA Driver (cxgb3)
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/cxgb3_X/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/cxgb3_X/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/cxgb3_X/board_id
|
||||
Date: Feb, 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.21
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) HCA type. Here it is a driver short name.
|
||||
It should normally match the name in its bus
|
||||
driver structure (e.g. pci_driver::name).
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Mellanox ConnectX HCA IB driver (mlx4)
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/board_id
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2007
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.24
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board ID
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<port-num>/gids/<n>
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<port-num>/admin_guids/<n>
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<port-num>/pkeys/<n>
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<port-num>/mcgs/
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<pci-slot-num>/ports/<m>/gid_idx/0
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/ports/<pci-slot-num>/ports/<m>/pkey_idx/<n>
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.6.15
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The sysfs iov directory is used to manage and examine the port
|
||||
P_Key and guid paravirtualization. This directory is added only
|
||||
for the master -- slaves do not have it.
|
||||
|
||||
Under iov/ports, the administrator may examine the gid and P_Key
|
||||
tables as they are present in the device (and as are seen in the
|
||||
"network view" presented to the SM).
|
||||
|
||||
The "pkeys" and "gids" subdirectories contain one file for each
|
||||
entry in the port's P_Key or GID table respectively. For
|
||||
example, ports/1/pkeys/10 contains the value at index 10 in port
|
||||
1's P_Key table.
|
||||
|
||||
gids/<n>: (RO) The physical port gids n = 0..127
|
||||
|
||||
admin_guids/<n>: (RW) Allows examining or changing the
|
||||
administrative state of a given GUID
|
||||
n = 0..127
|
||||
|
||||
pkeys/<n>: (RO) Displays the contents of the physical
|
||||
key table n = 0..126
|
||||
|
||||
mcgs/: (RO) Muticast group table
|
||||
|
||||
<m>/gid_idx/0: (RO) Display the GID mapping m = 1..2
|
||||
|
||||
<m>/pkey_idx/<n>: (RW) Writable except for RoCE pkeys.
|
||||
m = 1..2, n = 0..126
|
||||
|
||||
Under the iov/<pci slot number>
|
||||
directories, the admin may map the index
|
||||
numbers in the physical tables (as under
|
||||
iov/ports) to the paravirtualized index
|
||||
numbers that guests see.
|
||||
|
||||
For example, if the administrator, for
|
||||
port 1 on guest 2 maps physical pkey
|
||||
index 10 to virtual index 1, then that
|
||||
guest, whenever it uses its pkey index
|
||||
1, will actually be using the real pkey
|
||||
index 10.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/<pci-slot-num>/ports/<m>/smi_enabled
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx4_X/iov/<pci-slot-num>/ports/<m>/enable_smi_admin
|
||||
Date: May, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.15.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Enabling QP0 on VFs for selected VF/port. By default, no VFs are
|
||||
enabled for QP0 operation.
|
||||
|
||||
smi_enabled: (RO) Indicates whether smi is currently enabled
|
||||
for the indicated VF/port
|
||||
|
||||
enable_smi_admin:(RW) Used by the admin to request that smi
|
||||
capability be enabled or disabled for the
|
||||
indicated VF/port. 0 = disable, 1 = enable.
|
||||
|
||||
The requested enablement will occur at the next reset of the VF
|
||||
(e.g. driver restart on the VM which owns the VF).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for NetEffect RNIC Low-Level iWARP driver (nes)
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/nesX/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/nesX/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/nesX/board_id
|
||||
Date: Feb, 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.25
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Host Channel Adapter type (NEX020)
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Chelsio T4/T5 RDMA driver (cxgb4)
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/cxgb4_X/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/cxgb4_X/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/cxgb4_X/board_id
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Driver short name. Should normally match
|
||||
the name in its bus driver structure (e.g.
|
||||
pci_driver::name)
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id. (Vendor + device
|
||||
information)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Intel IB driver qib
|
||||
---------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/version
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/board_id
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/boardversion
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/nctxts
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/localbus_info
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/tempsense
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/serial
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/nfreectxts
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/chip_reset
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
version: (RO) Display version information of installed software
|
||||
and drivers.
|
||||
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
|
||||
|
||||
boardversion: (RO) Current version of the chip architecture
|
||||
|
||||
nctxts: (RO) Return the number of user ports (contexts)
|
||||
available
|
||||
|
||||
localbus_info: (RO) Human readable localbus info
|
||||
|
||||
tempsense: (RO) Display temp sense registers in decimal
|
||||
|
||||
serial: (RO) Serial number of the HCA
|
||||
|
||||
nfreectxts: (RO) The number of free user ports (contexts)
|
||||
available.
|
||||
|
||||
chip_reset: (WO) Reset the chip if possible by writing
|
||||
"reset" to this file. Only allowed if no user
|
||||
contexts are open that use chip resources.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/sl2vl/[0-15]
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The directory contains 16 files numbered 0-15 that specify
|
||||
the Service Level (SL). Listing the SL files returns the Virtual
|
||||
Lane (VL) as programmed by the SL.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_table_bin
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Per-port congestion control. Both are binary attributes.
|
||||
|
||||
cc_table_bin: (RO) Congestion control table size followed by
|
||||
table entries.
|
||||
|
||||
cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
|
||||
map and an array of 16 entries for the
|
||||
congestion entries - increase, timer, event log
|
||||
trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate
|
||||
delay.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/loopback
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/led_override
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/hrtbt_enable
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/status
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/linkstate/status_str
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
[to be documented]
|
||||
|
||||
loopback: (WO)
|
||||
led_override: (WO)
|
||||
hrtbt_enable: (RW)
|
||||
status: (RO)
|
||||
|
||||
status_str: (RO) Displays information about the link state,
|
||||
possible cable/switch problems, and hardware
|
||||
errors. Possible states are- "Initted",
|
||||
"Present", "IB_link_up", "IB_configured" or
|
||||
"Fatal_Hardware_Error".
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rc_resends
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/seq_naks
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rdma_seq
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rnr_naks
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/other_naks
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/rc_timeouts
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/look_pkts
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/pkt_drops
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/dma_wait
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qibX/ports/N/diag_counters/unaligned
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
[to be documented]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Mellanox Connect-IB HCA driver mlx5
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx5_X/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx5_X/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx5_X/reg_pages
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/mlx5_X/fw_pages
|
||||
Date: Jul, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.11
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
[to be documented]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Cisco VIC (usNIC) Verbs Driver
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/board_id
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/config
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qp_per_vf
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/max_vf
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/cq_per_vf
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/iface
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.14
|
||||
Contact: Christian Benvenuti <benve@cisco.com>,
|
||||
Dave Goodell <dgoodell@cisco.com>,
|
||||
linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
|
||||
|
||||
config: (RO) Report the configuration for this PF
|
||||
|
||||
qp_per_vf: (RO) Queue pairs per virtual function.
|
||||
|
||||
max_vf: (RO) Max virtual functions
|
||||
|
||||
cq_per_vf: (RO) Completion queue per virtual function
|
||||
|
||||
iface: (RO) Shows which network interface this usNIC
|
||||
entry is associated to (visible with ifconfig).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/summary
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/usnic_X/qpn/context
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.14
|
||||
Contact: Christian Benvenuti <benve@cisco.com>,
|
||||
Dave Goodell <dgoodell@cisco.com>,
|
||||
linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
[to be documented]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Emulex RoCE HCA Driver
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/ocrdmaX/hw_rev
|
||||
Date: Feb, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.14
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/ocrdmaX/hca_type
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.16
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Display FW version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Intel Omni-Path driver (HFI1)
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/board_id
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/nctxts
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/serial
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/chip_reset
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/boardversion
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/nfreectxts
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/tempsense
|
||||
Date: May, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.6
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Manufacturing board id
|
||||
|
||||
nctxts: (RO) Total contexts available.
|
||||
|
||||
serial: (RO) Board serial number
|
||||
|
||||
chip_reset: (WO) Write "reset" to this file to reset the
|
||||
chip if possible. Only allowed if no user
|
||||
contexts are open that use chip resources.
|
||||
|
||||
boardversion: (RO) Human readable board info
|
||||
|
||||
nfreectxts: (RO) The number of free user ports (contexts)
|
||||
available.
|
||||
|
||||
tempsense: (RO) Thermal sense information
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_settings_bin
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_table_bin
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/CCMgtA/cc_prescan
|
||||
Date: May, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.6
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Per-port congestion control.
|
||||
|
||||
cc_table_bin: (RO) CCA tables used by PSM2 Congestion control
|
||||
table size followed by table entries. Binary
|
||||
attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
cc_settings_bin:(RO) Congestion settings: port control, control
|
||||
map and an array of 16 entries for the
|
||||
congestion entries - increase, timer, event log
|
||||
trigger threshold and the minimum injection rate
|
||||
delay. Binary attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
cc_prescan: (RW) enable prescanning for faster BECN
|
||||
response. Write "on" to enable and "off" to
|
||||
disable.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sc2vl/[0-31]
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/sl2sc/[0-31]
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/ports/N/vl2mtu/[0-15]
|
||||
Date: May, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.6
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
sc2vl/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->vl
|
||||
|
||||
sl2sc/: (RO) 32 files (0 - 31) used to translate sl->sc
|
||||
|
||||
vl2mtu/: (RO) 16 files (0 - 15) used to determine MTU for vl
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_N/cpu_list
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/hfi1_X/sdma_N/vl
|
||||
Date: Sept, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.8
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
sdma<N>/ contains one directory per sdma engine (0 - 15)
|
||||
|
||||
cpu_list: (RW) List of cpus for user-process to sdma
|
||||
engine assignment.
|
||||
|
||||
vl: (RO) Displays the virtual lane (vl) the sdma
|
||||
engine maps to.
|
||||
|
||||
This interface gives the user control on the affinity settings
|
||||
for the device. As an example, to set an sdma engine irq
|
||||
affinity and thread affinity of a user processes to use the
|
||||
sdma engine, which is "near" in terms of NUMA configuration, or
|
||||
physical cpu location, the user will do:
|
||||
|
||||
echo "3" > /proc/irq/<N>/smp_affinity_list
|
||||
echo "4-7" > /sys/devices/.../sdma3/cpu_list
|
||||
cat /sys/devices/.../sdma3/vl
|
||||
0
|
||||
echo "8" > /proc/irq/<M>/smp_affinity_list
|
||||
echo "9-12" > /sys/devices/.../sdma4/cpu_list
|
||||
cat /sys/devices/.../sdma4/vl
|
||||
1
|
||||
|
||||
to make sure that when a process runs on cpus 4,5,6, or 7, and
|
||||
uses vl=0, then sdma engine 3 is selected by the driver, and
|
||||
also the interrupt of the sdma engine 3 is steered to cpu 3.
|
||||
Similarly, when a process runs on cpus 9,10,11, or 12 and sets
|
||||
vl=1, then engine 4 will be selected and the irq of the sdma
|
||||
engine 4 is steered to cpu 8. This assumes that in the above N
|
||||
is the irq number of "sdma3", and M is irq number of "sdma4" in
|
||||
the /proc/interrupts file.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Intel(R) X722 iWARP i40iw driver
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/i40iwX/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/i40iwX/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/i40iwX/board_id
|
||||
Date: Jan, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.10
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Show HCA type (I40IW)
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) I40IW board ID
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for QLogic qedr NIC Driver
|
||||
------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qedrX/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/qedrX/hca_type
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.10
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Display HCA type
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for VMware Paravirtual RDMA driver
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/vmw_pvrdmaX/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/vmw_pvrdmaX/hca_type
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/vmw_pvrdmaX/board_id
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.10
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
|
||||
|
||||
board_id: (RO) Display PVRDMA manufacturing board ID
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface for Broadcom NetXtreme-E RoCE driver
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/bnxt_reX/hw_rev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/bnxt_reX/hca_type
|
||||
Date: Feb, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.11
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hw_rev: (RO) Hardware revision number
|
||||
|
||||
hca_type: (RO) Host channel adapter type
|
40
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
Normal file
40
Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-cec-error-inj
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/debug/cec/*/error-inj
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
The CEC Framework allows for CEC error injection commands through
|
||||
debugfs. Drivers that support this will create an error-inj file
|
||||
through which the error injection commands can be given.
|
||||
|
||||
The basic syntax is as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
Leading spaces/tabs are ignored. If the next character is a '#' or the
|
||||
end of the line was reached, then the whole line is ignored. Otherwise
|
||||
a command is expected.
|
||||
|
||||
It is up to the driver to decide what commands to implement. The only
|
||||
exception is that the command 'clear' without any arguments must be
|
||||
implemented and that it will remove all current error injection
|
||||
commands.
|
||||
|
||||
This ensures that you can always do 'echo clear >error-inj' to clear any
|
||||
error injections without having to know the details of the driver-specific
|
||||
commands.
|
||||
|
||||
Note that the output of 'error-inj' shall be valid as input to 'error-inj'.
|
||||
So this must work:
|
||||
|
||||
$ cat error-inj >einj.txt
|
||||
$ cat einj.txt >error-inj
|
||||
|
||||
Other than these basic rules described above this ABI is not considered
|
||||
stable and may change in the future.
|
||||
|
||||
Drivers that implement this functionality must document the commands as
|
||||
part of the CEC documentation and must keep that documentation up to date
|
||||
when changes are made.
|
||||
|
||||
The following CEC error injection implementations exist:
|
||||
|
||||
- Documentation/media/uapi/cec/cec-pin-error-inj.rst
|
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
[obj_user=] [obj_role=] [obj_type=]]
|
||||
option: [[appraise_type=]] [permit_directio]
|
||||
|
||||
base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
|
||||
base: func:= [BPRM_CHECK][MMAP_CHECK][CREDS_CHECK][FILE_CHECK][MODULE_CHECK]
|
||||
[FIRMWARE_CHECK]
|
||||
[KEXEC_KERNEL_CHECK] [KEXEC_INITRAMFS_CHECK]
|
||||
mask:= [[^]MAY_READ] [[^]MAY_WRITE] [[^]MAY_APPEND]
|
||||
|
45
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe
Normal file
45
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-aoe
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/block/etherd*/mac
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The ethernet address of the remote Ata over Ethernet (AoE)
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/etherd*/netif
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The names of the network interfaces on the localhost (comma
|
||||
separated) through which we are communicating with the remote
|
||||
AoE device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/etherd*/state
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Device status. The state attribute is "up" when the device
|
||||
is ready for I/O and "down" if detected but unusable. The
|
||||
"down,closewait" state shows that the device is still open and
|
||||
cannot come up again until it has been closed. The "up,kickme"
|
||||
state means that the driver wants to send more commands to the
|
||||
target but found out there were already the max number of
|
||||
commands waiting for a response. It will retry again after being
|
||||
kicked by the periodic timer handler routine.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/etherd*/firmware-version
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.12
|
||||
Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Version of the firmware in the target.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/etherd*/payload
|
||||
Date: Dec, 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.10
|
||||
Contact: Ed L. Cashin <ed.cashin@acm.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The amount of user data transferred (in bytes) inside each AoE
|
||||
command on the network, network headers excluded.
|
50
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop
Normal file
50
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-block-loop
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/autoclear
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Shows if the device is in autoclear mode or not ( "1" or
|
||||
"0"). Autoclear (if set) indicates that the loopback device will
|
||||
self-distruct after last close.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/backing_file
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The path of the backing file that the loop device maps its
|
||||
data blocks to.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/offset
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Start offset (in bytes).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/sizelimit
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The size (in bytes) that the block device maps, starting
|
||||
from the offset.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/partscan
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.10
|
||||
Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Shows if automatic partition scanning is enabled for the
|
||||
device or not ("1" or "0"). This can be requested individually
|
||||
per loop device during its setup by setting LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN in
|
||||
in the ioctl request. By default, no partition tables are
|
||||
scanned.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/block/loopX/loop/dio
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.10
|
||||
Contact: linux-block@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Shows if direct IO is being used to access backing file or
|
||||
not ("1 or "0").
|
@ -56,3 +56,40 @@ Description:
|
||||
Writing 1 to this attribute will trigger hot removal of
|
||||
this device object. This file exists for every device
|
||||
object that has _EJ0 method.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../status
|
||||
Date: Jan, 2014
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Returns the ACPI device status: enabled, disabled or
|
||||
functioning or present, if the method _STA is present.
|
||||
|
||||
The return value is a decimal integer representing the device's
|
||||
status bitmap:
|
||||
|
||||
Bit [0] – Set if the device is present.
|
||||
Bit [1] – Set if the device is enabled and decoding its
|
||||
resources.
|
||||
Bit [2] – Set if the device should be shown in the UI.
|
||||
Bit [3] – Set if the device is functioning properly (cleared if
|
||||
device failed its diagnostics).
|
||||
Bit [4] – Set if the battery is present.
|
||||
Bits [31:5] – Reserved (must be cleared)
|
||||
|
||||
If bit [0] is clear, then bit 1 must also be clear (a device
|
||||
that is not present cannot be enabled).
|
||||
|
||||
Bit 0 can be clear (not present) with bit [3] set (device is
|
||||
functional). This case is used to indicate a valid device for
|
||||
which no device driver should be loaded.
|
||||
|
||||
More special cases are covered in the ACPI specification.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/acpi/devices/.../hrv
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@rjwysocki.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Allows users to read the hardware version of non-PCI
|
||||
hardware, if the _HRV control method is present. It is mostly
|
||||
useful for non-PCI devices because lspci can list the hardware
|
||||
version for PCI devices.
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_concentration_VOC_short_raw
|
||||
Date: September 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.3
|
||||
Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
|
||||
Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Get the raw calibration VOC value from the sensor.
|
||||
This value has little application outside of calibration.
|
||||
|
@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_proximity_input
|
||||
Date: March 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
|
||||
Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Get the current distance in meters of storm (1km steps)
|
||||
1000-40000 = distance in meters
|
||||
@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Description:
|
||||
What /sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/sensor_sensitivity
|
||||
Date: March 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Ranostay <mranostay@gmail.com>
|
||||
Contact: Matt Ranostay <matt.ranostay@konsulko.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Show or set the gain boost of the amp, from 0-31 range.
|
||||
18 = indoors (default)
|
||||
|
233
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
Normal file
233
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-nfit
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
|
||||
For all of the nmem device attributes under nfit/*, see the 'NVDIMM Firmware
|
||||
Interface Table (NFIT)' section in the ACPI specification
|
||||
(http://www.uefi.org/specifications) for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/serial
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Serial number of the NVDIMM (non-volatile dual in-line
|
||||
memory module), assigned by the module vendor.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/handle
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The address (given by the _ADR object) of the device on its
|
||||
parent bus of the NVDIMM device containing the NVDIMM region.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/device
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.1
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Device id for the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/rev_id
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Revision of the NVDIMM, assigned by the module vendor.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/phys_id
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Handle (i.e., instance number) for the SMBIOS (system
|
||||
management BIOS) Memory Device structure describing the NVDIMM
|
||||
containing the NVDIMM region.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/flags
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The flags in the NFIT memory device sub-structure indicate
|
||||
the state of the data on the nvdimm relative to its energy
|
||||
source or last "flush to persistence".
|
||||
|
||||
The attribute is a translation of the 'NVDIMM State Flags' field
|
||||
in section 5.2.25.3 'NVDIMM Region Mapping' Structure of the
|
||||
ACPI specification 6.2.
|
||||
|
||||
The health states are "save_fail", "restore_fail", "flush_fail",
|
||||
"not_armed", "smart_event", "map_fail" and "smart_notify".
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/format1
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/formats
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The interface codes indicate support for persistent memory
|
||||
mapped directly into system physical address space and / or a
|
||||
block aperture access mechanism to the NVDIMM media.
|
||||
The 'formats' attribute displays the number of supported
|
||||
interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
This layout is compatible with existing libndctl binaries that
|
||||
only expect one code per-dimm as they will ignore
|
||||
nmemX/nfit/formats and nmemX/nfit/formatN.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/vendor
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Vendor id of the NVDIMM.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/dsm_mask
|
||||
Date: May, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The bitmask indicates the supported device specific control
|
||||
functions relative to the NVDIMM command family supported by the
|
||||
device
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/family
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Displays the NVDIMM family command sets. Values
|
||||
0, 1, 2 and 3 correspond to NVDIMM_FAMILY_INTEL,
|
||||
NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE1, NVDIMM_FAMILY_HPE2 and NVDIMM_FAMILY_MSFT
|
||||
respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
See the specifications for these command families here:
|
||||
http://pmem.io/documents/NVDIMM_DSM_Interface-V1.6.pdf
|
||||
https://github.com/HewlettPackard/hpe-nvm/blob/master/Documentation/
|
||||
https://msdn.microsoft.com/library/windows/hardware/mt604741"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/id
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) ACPI specification 6.2 section 5.2.25.9, defines an
|
||||
identifier for an NVDIMM, which refelects the id attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_vendor
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Sub-system vendor id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory
|
||||
subsystem controller.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_rev_id
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Sub-system revision id of the NVDIMM non-volatile memory subsystem
|
||||
controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory subsystem
|
||||
controller vendor.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/nmemX/nfit/subsystem_device
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.7
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Sub-system device id for the NVDIMM non-volatile memory
|
||||
subsystem controller, assigned by the non-volatile memory
|
||||
subsystem controller vendor.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/revision
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) ACPI NFIT table revision number.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/scrub
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.9
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) This shows the number of full Address Range Scrubs (ARS)
|
||||
that have been completed since driver load time. Userspace can
|
||||
wait on this using select/poll etc. A '+' at the end indicates
|
||||
an ARS is in progress
|
||||
|
||||
Writing a value of 1 triggers an ARS scan.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/hw_error_scrub
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.9
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Provides a way to toggle the behavior between just adding
|
||||
the address (cache line) where the MCE happened to the poison
|
||||
list and doing a full scrub. The former (selective insertion of
|
||||
the address) is done unconditionally.
|
||||
|
||||
This attribute can have the following values written to it:
|
||||
|
||||
'0': Switch to the default mode where an exception will only
|
||||
insert the address of the memory error into the poison and
|
||||
badblocks lists.
|
||||
'1': Enable a full scrub to happen if an exception for a memory
|
||||
error is received.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/ndbusX/nfit/dsm_mask
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.13
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The bitmask indicates the supported bus specific control
|
||||
functions. See the section named 'NVDIMM Root Device _DSMs' in
|
||||
the ACPI specification.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/range_index
|
||||
Date: Jun, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.2
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) A unique number provided by the BIOS to identify an address
|
||||
range. Used by NVDIMM Region Mapping Structure to uniquely refer
|
||||
to this structure. Value of 0 is reserved and not used as an
|
||||
index.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/nd/devices/regionX/nfit/ecc_unit_size
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-nvdimm@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Size of a write request to a DIMM that will not incur a
|
||||
read-modify-write cycle at the memory controller.
|
||||
|
||||
When the nfit driver initializes it runs an ARS (Address Range
|
||||
Scrub) operation across every pmem range. Part of that process
|
||||
involves determining the ARS capabilities of a given address
|
||||
range. One of the capabilities that is reported is the 'Clear
|
||||
Uncorrectable Error Range Length Unit Size' (see: ACPI 6.2
|
||||
section 9.20.7.4 Function Index 1 - Query ARS Capabilities).
|
||||
This property indicates the boundary at which the NVDIMM may
|
||||
need to perform read-modify-write cycles to maintain ECC (Error
|
||||
Correcting Code) blocks.
|
198
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
Normal file
198
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rapidio
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
For each RapidIO device, the RapidIO subsystem creates files in
|
||||
an individual subdirectory with the following name format of
|
||||
device_name "nn:d:iiii", where:
|
||||
|
||||
nn - two-digit hexadecimal ID of RapidIO network where the
|
||||
device resides
|
||||
d - device type: 'e' - for endpoint or 's' - for switch
|
||||
iiii - four-digit device destID for endpoints, or switchID for
|
||||
switches
|
||||
|
||||
For example, below is a list of device directories that
|
||||
represents a typical RapidIO network with one switch, one host,
|
||||
and two agent endpoints, as it is seen by the enumerating host
|
||||
(with destID = 1):
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0000
|
||||
/sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:e:0002
|
||||
/sys/bus/rapidio/devices/00:s:0001
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: An enumerating or discovering endpoint does not create a
|
||||
sysfs entry for itself, this is why an endpoint with destID=1 is
|
||||
not shown in the list.
|
||||
|
||||
Attributes Common for All RapidIO Devices
|
||||
-----------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/did
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns the device identifier
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/vid
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns the device vendor identifier
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/device_rev
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns the device revision level
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_did
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns identifier for the assembly containing the device
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_rev
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns revision level of the assembly containing the
|
||||
device
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/asm_vid
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns vendor identifier of the assembly containing the
|
||||
device
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/destid
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.3
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns device destination ID assigned by the enumeration
|
||||
routine
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/lprev
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns name of previous device (switch) on the path to the
|
||||
device that that owns this attribute
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/modalias
|
||||
Date: Jul, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.11
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns the device modalias
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:d:iiii/config
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Binary attribute to read from and write to the device
|
||||
configuration registers using the RapidIO maintenance
|
||||
transactions. This attribute is similar in behaviour to the
|
||||
"config" attribute of PCI devices and provides an access to the
|
||||
RapidIO device registers using standard file read and write
|
||||
operations.
|
||||
|
||||
RapidIO Switch Device Attributes
|
||||
--------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
RapidIO switches have additional attributes in sysfs. RapidIO subsystem supports
|
||||
common and device-specific sysfs attributes for switches. Because switches are
|
||||
integrated into the RapidIO subsystem, it offers a method to create
|
||||
device-specific sysfs attributes by specifying a callback function that may be
|
||||
set by the switch initialization routine during enumeration or discovery
|
||||
process.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/routes
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) reports switch routing information in "destID port" format.
|
||||
This attribute reports only valid routing table entries, one
|
||||
line for each entry.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/destid
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.3
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) device destination ID of the associated device that defines
|
||||
a route to the switch
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/hopcount
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) number of hops on the path to the switch
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/lnext
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2011
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.39
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) returns names of devices linked to the switch except one of
|
||||
a device linked to the ingress port (reported as "lprev"). This
|
||||
is an array names with number of lines equal to number of ports
|
||||
in switch. If a switch port has no attached device, returns
|
||||
"null" instead of a device name.
|
||||
|
||||
Device-specific Switch Attributes
|
||||
---------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
IDT_GEN2-
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/devices/nn:s:iiii/errlog
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) reads contents of device error log until it is empty.
|
||||
|
||||
RapidIO Bus Attributes
|
||||
----------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rapidio/scan
|
||||
Date: May, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.11
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(WO) Allows to trigger enumeration discovery process from user
|
||||
space. To initiate an enumeration or discovery process on
|
||||
specific mport device, a user needs to write mport_ID (not
|
||||
RapidIO destination ID) into this file. The mport_ID is a
|
||||
sequential number (0 ... RIO_MAX_MPORTS) assigned to the mport
|
||||
device. For example, for a machine with a single RapidIO
|
||||
controller, mport_ID for that controller always will be 0. To
|
||||
initiate RapidIO enumeration/discovery on all available mports a
|
||||
user must write '-1' (or RIO_MPORT_ANY) into this attribute
|
||||
file.
|
@ -1,121 +1,162 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/
|
||||
Date: November 2010
|
||||
Contact: Yehuda Sadeh <yehuda@newdream.net>,
|
||||
Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/add
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(WO) Add rbd block device.
|
||||
|
||||
Being used for adding and removing rbd block devices.
|
||||
Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>]
|
||||
|
||||
Usage: <mon ip addr> <options> <pool name> <rbd image name> [<snap name>]
|
||||
$ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo "192.168.0.1 name=admin rbd foo" > /sys/bus/rbd/add
|
||||
The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image
|
||||
read/write. A <dev-id> will be assigned for any registered block
|
||||
device. If snapshot is used, it will be mapped read-only.
|
||||
|
||||
The snapshot name can be "-" or omitted to map the image read/write. A <dev-id>
|
||||
will be assigned for any registered block device. If snapshot is used, it will
|
||||
be mapped read-only.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage: <dev-id> [force]
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(WO) Remove rbd block device.
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
|
||||
Usage: <dev-id> [force]
|
||||
|
||||
$ echo 2 > /sys/bus/rbd/remove
|
||||
|
||||
Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for
|
||||
running requests and then unmap the image. Requests sent to the
|
||||
driver after initiating the removal will be failed. (August
|
||||
2016, since 4.9.)
|
||||
|
||||
Optional "force" argument which when passed will wait for running requests and
|
||||
then unmap the image. Requests sent to the driver after initiating the removal
|
||||
will be failed. (August 2016, since 4.9.)
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major
|
||||
Date: December 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.14
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
|
||||
Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
|
||||
Date: Dec, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.14
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
|
||||
parameter set to true.
|
||||
Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present,
|
||||
|
||||
Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present, this
|
||||
should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
|
||||
/sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is
|
||||
available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
|
||||
/sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is available
|
||||
will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major
|
||||
Date: December 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.14
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com>
|
||||
Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
|
||||
Date: Dec, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.14
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(WO) Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major
|
||||
parameter set to true.
|
||||
Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present,
|
||||
|
||||
Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present, this
|
||||
should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use
|
||||
/sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is
|
||||
available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/
|
||||
--------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
client_addr
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/supported_features
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.11
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Displays the features supported by the rbd module so that
|
||||
userspace can generate meaningful error messages and spell out
|
||||
unsupported features that need to be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
The ceph unique client entity_addr_t (address + nonce).
|
||||
The format is <address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or
|
||||
'[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'. (August 2016, since 4.9.)
|
||||
|
||||
client_id
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/size
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/major
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_id
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/name
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/refresh
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/current_snap
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.37
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
size: (RO) The size (in bytes) of the mapped block
|
||||
device.
|
||||
|
||||
The ceph unique client id that was assigned for this specific session.
|
||||
major: (RO) The block device major number.
|
||||
|
||||
cluster_fsid
|
||||
client_id: (RO) The ceph unique client id that was assigned
|
||||
for this specific session.
|
||||
|
||||
The ceph cluster UUID. (August 2016, since 4.9.)
|
||||
pool: (RO) The name of the storage pool where this rbd
|
||||
image resides. An rbd image name is unique
|
||||
within its pool.
|
||||
|
||||
config_info
|
||||
name: (RO) The name of the rbd image.
|
||||
|
||||
The string written into /sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}. (August
|
||||
2016, since 4.9.)
|
||||
refresh: (WO) Writing to this file will reread the image
|
||||
header data and set all relevant data structures
|
||||
accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
features
|
||||
current_snap: (RO) The current snapshot for which the device
|
||||
is mapped.
|
||||
|
||||
A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits for this image.
|
||||
|
||||
major
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/pool_id
|
||||
Date: Jul, 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.6
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is a
|
||||
permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never change.
|
||||
|
||||
The block device major number.
|
||||
|
||||
minor
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/image_id
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/features
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.7
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
image_id: (RO) The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd
|
||||
image format 1 this is empty.)
|
||||
|
||||
The block device minor number. (December 2013, since 3.14.)
|
||||
features: (RO) A hexadecimal encoding of the feature bits
|
||||
for this image.
|
||||
|
||||
name
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the rbd image.
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/parent
|
||||
Date: Nov, 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.8
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Information identifying the chain of parent images in a
|
||||
layered rbd image. Entries are separated by empty lines.
|
||||
|
||||
image_id
|
||||
|
||||
The unique id for the rbd image. (For rbd image format 1
|
||||
this is empty.)
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/minor
|
||||
Date: Dec, 2013
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.14
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The block device minor number.
|
||||
|
||||
pool
|
||||
|
||||
The name of the storage pool where this rbd image resides.
|
||||
An rbd image name is unique within its pool.
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/snap_id
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/config_info
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/cluster_fsid
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/client_addr
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.9
|
||||
Contact: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
snap_id: (RO) The current snapshot's id.
|
||||
|
||||
pool_id
|
||||
config_info: (RO) The string written into
|
||||
/sys/bus/rbd/add{,_single_major}.
|
||||
|
||||
The unique identifier for the rbd image's pool. This is
|
||||
a permanent attribute of the pool. A pool's id will never
|
||||
change.
|
||||
cluster_fsid: (RO) The ceph cluster UUID.
|
||||
|
||||
size
|
||||
|
||||
The size (in bytes) of the mapped block device.
|
||||
|
||||
refresh
|
||||
|
||||
Writing to this file will reread the image header data and set
|
||||
all relevant datastructures accordingly.
|
||||
|
||||
current_snap
|
||||
|
||||
The current snapshot for which the device is mapped.
|
||||
|
||||
snap_id
|
||||
|
||||
The current snapshot's id. (August 2016, since 4.9.)
|
||||
|
||||
parent
|
||||
|
||||
Information identifying the chain of parent images in a layered rbd
|
||||
image. Entries are separated by empty lines.
|
||||
client_addr: (RO) The ceph unique client
|
||||
entity_addr_t (address + nonce). The format is
|
||||
<address>:<port>/<nonce>: '1.2.3.4:1234/5678' or
|
||||
'[1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8]:1234/5678'.
|
||||
|
@ -1,3 +1,26 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/boot_acl
|
||||
Date: Jun 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.17
|
||||
Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description: Holds a comma separated list of device unique_ids that
|
||||
are allowed to be connected automatically during system
|
||||
startup (e.g boot devices). The list always contains
|
||||
maximum supported number of unique_ids where unused
|
||||
entries are empty. This allows the userspace software
|
||||
to determine how many entries the controller supports.
|
||||
If there are multiple controllers, each controller has
|
||||
its own ACL list and size may be different between the
|
||||
controllers.
|
||||
|
||||
System BIOS may have an option "Preboot ACL" or similar
|
||||
that needs to be selected before this list is taken into
|
||||
consideration.
|
||||
|
||||
Software always updates a full list in each write.
|
||||
|
||||
If a device is authorized automatically during boot its
|
||||
boot attribute is set to 1.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../domainX/security
|
||||
Date: Sep 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.13
|
||||
@ -12,6 +35,9 @@ Description: This attribute holds current Thunderbolt security level
|
||||
minimum. User needs to authorize each device.
|
||||
dponly: Automatically tunnel Display port (and USB). No
|
||||
PCIe tunnels are created.
|
||||
usbonly: Automatically tunnel USB controller of the
|
||||
connected Thunderbolt dock (and Display Port). All
|
||||
PCIe links downstream of the dock are removed.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../authorized
|
||||
Date: Sep 2017
|
||||
@ -38,6 +64,13 @@ Description: This attribute is used to authorize Thunderbolt devices
|
||||
the device did not contain a key at all, and
|
||||
EKEYREJECTED if the challenge response did not match.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../boot
|
||||
Date: Jun 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.17
|
||||
Contact: thunderbolt-software@lists.01.org
|
||||
Description: This attribute contains 1 if Thunderbolt device was already
|
||||
authorized on boot and 0 otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/.../key
|
||||
Date: Sep 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.13
|
||||
|
@ -189,6 +189,16 @@ Description:
|
||||
The file will read "hotplug", "wired" and "not used" if the
|
||||
information is available, and "unknown" otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/over_current_count
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Richard Leitner <richard.leitner@skidata.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Most hubs are able to detect over-current situations on their
|
||||
ports and report them to the kernel. This attribute is to expose
|
||||
the number of over-current situation occurred on a specific port
|
||||
to user space. This file will contain an unsigned 32 bit value
|
||||
which wraps to 0 after its maximum is reached.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/usb/devices/.../(hub interface)/portX/usb3_lpm_permit
|
||||
Date: November 2015
|
||||
Contact: Lu Baolu <baolu.lu@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
|
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520
Normal file
31
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp5520
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
|
||||
sysfs interface for analog devices adp5520(01) backlight driver
|
||||
---------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the
|
||||
adp5520 and adp5501 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and dark
|
||||
(level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness level.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_max
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_max
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_max
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.32
|
||||
Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness
|
||||
is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This
|
||||
is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a
|
||||
value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear
|
||||
algorithms.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/daylight_dim
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/office_dim
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/dark_dim
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2009
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.32
|
||||
Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at
|
||||
one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an
|
||||
input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value
|
||||
between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms.
|
54
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
Normal file
54
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-adp8860
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
|
||||
sysfs interface for analog devices adp8860 backlight driver
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The backlight brightness control operates at three different levels for the
|
||||
adp8860, adp8861 and adp8863 devices: daylight (level 1), office (level 2) and
|
||||
dark (level 3). By default the brightness operates at the daylight brightness
|
||||
level.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_level
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) 13-bit conversion value for the first light sensor—high
|
||||
byte (Bit 12 to Bit 8). The value is updated every 80 ms (when
|
||||
the light sensor is enabled).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/ambient_light_zone
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Read or write the specific level at which the backlight
|
||||
operates. Value "0" enables automatic ambient light sensing, and
|
||||
values "1", "2" or "3" set the control to daylight, office or
|
||||
dark respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_max
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_max
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_max
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Maximum current setting for the backlight when brightness
|
||||
is at one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This
|
||||
is an input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a
|
||||
value between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear
|
||||
algorithms.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l1_daylight_dim
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l2_office_dim
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/l3_dark_dim
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Dim current setting for the backlight when brightness is at
|
||||
one of the three levels (daylight, office or dark). This is an
|
||||
input code between 0 and 127, which is transformed to a value
|
||||
between 0 mA and 30 mA using linear or non-linear algorithms.
|
11
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639
Normal file
11
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-backlight-lm3639
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
|
||||
sysfs interface for Texas Instruments lm3639 backlight + flash led driver chip
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/bled_mode
|
||||
Date: Oct, 2012
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.10
|
||||
Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(WO) Write to the backlight mapping mode. The backlight current
|
||||
can be mapped for either exponential (value "0") or linear
|
||||
mapping modes (default).
|
25
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr
Normal file
25
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-bsr
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_size
|
||||
Date: Jul, 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>,
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Size of the barrier-synchronization register (BSR)
|
||||
register in bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_length
|
||||
Date: Jul, 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>,
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The length of memory region that can be mapped in bytes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/bsr/bsr*/bsr_stride
|
||||
Date: Jul, 2008
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.27
|
||||
Contact: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>,
|
||||
Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@linuxfoundation.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The stride or the interval at which the allocated BSR bytes
|
||||
repeat within the mapping.
|
@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<hca>/ports/<port-number>/gid_attrs/ndevs/<gid-index>
|
||||
Date: November 29, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: The net-device's name associated with the GID resides
|
||||
at index <gid-index>.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/infiniband/<hca>/ports/<port-number>/gid_attrs/types/<gid-index>
|
||||
Date: November 29, 2015
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.4.0
|
||||
Contact: linux-rdma@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description: The RoCE type of the associated GID resides at index <gid-index>.
|
||||
This could either be "IB/RoCE v1" for IB and RoCE v1 based GODs
|
||||
or "RoCE v2" for RoCE v2 based GIDs.
|
||||
|
||||
|
27
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0
Normal file
27
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd-s6e63m0
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
|
||||
sysfs interface for the S6E63M0 AMOLED LCD panel driver
|
||||
-------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/gamma_mode
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Read or write the gamma mode. Following three modes are
|
||||
supported:
|
||||
0 - gamma value 2.2,
|
||||
1 - gamma value 1.9 and
|
||||
2 - gamma value 1.7.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/lcd/<lcd>/gamma_table
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: dri-devel@lists.freedesktop.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Displays the size of the gamma table i.e. the number of
|
||||
gamma modes available.
|
||||
|
||||
This is a backlight lcd driver. These interfaces are an extension to the API
|
||||
documented in Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-lcd and in
|
||||
Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-class-backlight (under
|
||||
/sys/class/backlight/<backlight>/).
|
@ -45,3 +45,12 @@ Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
|
||||
Description: Display the driver HBM protocol version.
|
||||
|
||||
The HBM protocol version supported by the driver.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/mei/meiN/tx_queue_limit
|
||||
Date: Jan 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.16
|
||||
Contact: Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
|
||||
Description: Configure tx queue limit
|
||||
|
||||
Set maximal number of pending writes
|
||||
per opened session.
|
||||
|
@ -1,60 +1,81 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/
|
||||
Date: Oct. 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
sysfs interface
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates the following files in the
|
||||
sysfs: (<devid> is in the format major:minor)
|
||||
|
||||
The pktcdvd module (packet writing driver) creates
|
||||
these files in the sysfs:
|
||||
(<devid> is in format major:minor )
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/add
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/remove
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/device_map
|
||||
Date: Oct. 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/class/pktcdvd/
|
||||
add (0200) Write a block device id (major:minor)
|
||||
to create a new pktcdvd device and map
|
||||
it to the block device.
|
||||
add: (WO) Write a block device id (major:minor) to
|
||||
create a new pktcdvd device and map it to the
|
||||
block device.
|
||||
|
||||
remove (0200) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
|
||||
to it to remove the pktcdvd device.
|
||||
remove: (WO) Write the pktcdvd device id (major:minor)
|
||||
to remove the pktcdvd device.
|
||||
|
||||
device_map (0444) Shows the device mapping in format:
|
||||
pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
|
||||
device_map: (RO) Shows the device mapping in format:
|
||||
pktcdvd[0-7] <pktdevid> <blkdevid>
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/
|
||||
dev (0444) Device id
|
||||
uevent (0200) To send an uevent.
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/
|
||||
packets_started (0444) Number of started packets.
|
||||
packets_finished (0444) Number of finished packets.
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/dev
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/uevent
|
||||
Date: Oct. 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
dev: (RO) Device id
|
||||
|
||||
kb_written (0444) kBytes written.
|
||||
kb_read (0444) kBytes read.
|
||||
kb_read_gather (0444) kBytes read to fill write packets.
|
||||
uevent: (WO) To send a uevent
|
||||
|
||||
reset (0200) Write any value to it to reset
|
||||
pktcdvd device statistic values, like
|
||||
bytes read/written.
|
||||
|
||||
/sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/
|
||||
size (0444) Contains the size of the bio write
|
||||
queue.
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/packets_started
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/packets_finished
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_written
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_read
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/kb_read_gather
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/stat/reset
|
||||
Date: Oct. 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
packets_started: (RO) Number of started packets.
|
||||
|
||||
congestion_off (0644) If bio write queue size is below
|
||||
this mark, accept new bio requests
|
||||
from the block layer.
|
||||
packets_finished: (RO) Number of finished packets.
|
||||
|
||||
congestion_on (0644) If bio write queue size is higher
|
||||
as this mark, do no longer accept
|
||||
bio write requests from the block
|
||||
layer and wait till the pktcdvd
|
||||
device has processed enough bio's
|
||||
so that bio write queue size is
|
||||
below congestion off mark.
|
||||
A value of <= 0 disables congestion
|
||||
control.
|
||||
kb_written: (RO) kBytes written.
|
||||
|
||||
kb_read: (RO) kBytes read.
|
||||
|
||||
kb_read_gather: (RO) kBytes read to fill write packets.
|
||||
|
||||
reset: (WO) Write any value to it to reset
|
||||
pktcdvd device statistic values, like
|
||||
bytes read/written.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/size
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/congestion_off
|
||||
What: /sys/class/pktcdvd/pktcdvd[0-7]/write_queue/congestion_on
|
||||
Date: Oct. 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.20
|
||||
Contact: Thomas Maier <balagi@justmail.de>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
size: (RO) Contains the size of the bio write queue.
|
||||
|
||||
congestion_off: (RW) If bio write queue size is below this mark,
|
||||
accept new bio requests from the block layer.
|
||||
|
||||
congestion_on: (RW) If bio write queue size is higher as this
|
||||
mark, do no longer accept bio write requests
|
||||
from the block layer and wait till the pktcdvd
|
||||
device has processed enough bio's so that bio
|
||||
write queue size is below congestion off mark.
|
||||
A value of <= 0 disables congestion control.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
55
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
Normal file
55
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-rapidio
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rapidio_port
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
On-chip RapidIO controllers and PCIe-to-RapidIO bridges
|
||||
(referenced as "Master Port" or "mport") are presented in sysfs
|
||||
as the special class of devices: "rapidio_port".
|
||||
The /sys/class/rapidio_port subdirectory contains individual
|
||||
subdirectories named as "rapidioN" where N = mport ID registered
|
||||
with RapidIO subsystem.
|
||||
NOTE: An mport ID is not a RapidIO destination ID assigned to a
|
||||
given local mport device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/sys_size
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) reports RapidIO common transport system size:
|
||||
0 = small (8-bit destination ID, max. 256 devices),
|
||||
1 = large (16-bit destination ID, max. 65536 devices).
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidioN/port_destid
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: v3.15
|
||||
Contact: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>,
|
||||
Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) reports RapidIO destination ID assigned to the given
|
||||
RapidIO mport device. If value 0xFFFFFFFF is returned this means
|
||||
that no valid destination ID have been assigned to the mport
|
||||
(yet). Normally, before enumeration/discovery have been executed
|
||||
only fabric enumerating mports have a valid destination ID
|
||||
assigned to them using "hdid=..." rapidio module parameter.
|
||||
|
||||
After enumeration or discovery was performed for a given mport device,
|
||||
the corresponding subdirectory will also contain subdirectories for each
|
||||
child RapidIO device connected to the mport.
|
||||
|
||||
The example below shows mport device subdirectory with several child RapidIO
|
||||
devices attached to it.
|
||||
|
||||
[rio@rapidio ~]$ ls /sys/class/rapidio_port/rapidio0/ -l
|
||||
total 0
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0001
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0004
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:e:0007
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0002
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0003
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 0 Feb 11 15:10 00:s:0005
|
||||
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 device -> ../../../0000:01:00.0
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 port_destid
|
||||
drwxr-xr-x 2 root root 0 Feb 11 15:11 power
|
||||
lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 0 Feb 11 15:04 subsystem -> ../../../../../../class/rapidio_port
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:11 sys_size
|
||||
-rw-r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 11 15:04 uevent
|
@ -43,6 +43,14 @@ Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The name of the RTC corresponding to this sysfs directory
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/range
|
||||
Date: January 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.16
|
||||
Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Valid time range for the RTC, as seconds from epoch, formatted
|
||||
as [min, max]
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/since_epoch
|
||||
Date: March 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.17
|
||||
@ -57,14 +65,6 @@ Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) RTC-provided time in 24-hour notation (hh:mm:ss)
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/*/nvmem
|
||||
Date: February 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.6
|
||||
Contact: linux-rtc@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) The non volatile storage exported as a raw file, as
|
||||
described in Documentation/nvmem/nvmem.txt
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/rtc/rtcX/offset
|
||||
Date: February 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.6
|
||||
|
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role
Normal file
21
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-usb_role
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/class/usb_role/
|
||||
Date: Jan 2018
|
||||
Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Place in sysfs for USB Role Switches. USB Role Switch is a
|
||||
device that can select the data role (host or device) for USB
|
||||
port.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/usb_role/<switch>/role
|
||||
Date: Jan 2018
|
||||
Contact: Heikki Krogerus <heikki.krogerus@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
The current role of the switch. This attribute can be used for
|
||||
requesting role swapping with non-USB Type-C ports. With USB
|
||||
Type-C ports, the ABI defined for USB Type-C connector class
|
||||
must be used.
|
||||
|
||||
Valid values:
|
||||
- none
|
||||
- host
|
||||
- device
|
113
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
Normal file
113
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ACPI-TAD
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
|
||||
ACPI Time and Alarm (TAD) device attributes.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/caps
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Hexadecimal bitmask of the TAD attributes are reported by
|
||||
the platform firmware (see ACPI 6.2, section 9.18.2):
|
||||
|
||||
BIT(0): AC wakeup implemented if set
|
||||
BIT(1): DC wakeup implemented if set
|
||||
BIT(2): Get/set real time features implemented if set
|
||||
BIT(3): Real time accuracy in milliseconds if set
|
||||
BIT(4): Correct status reported for wakeups from S4/S5 if set
|
||||
BIT(5): The AC timer wakes up from S4 if set
|
||||
BIT(6): The AC timer wakes up from S5 if set
|
||||
BIT(7): The DC timer wakes up from S4 if set
|
||||
BIT(8): The DC timer wakes up from S5 if set
|
||||
|
||||
The other bits are reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_alarm
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) The AC alarm timer value.
|
||||
|
||||
Reads return the current AC alarm timer value in seconds or
|
||||
"disabled", if the AC alarm is not set to wake up the system.
|
||||
|
||||
Write a new AC alarm timer value in seconds or "disabled" to it
|
||||
to set the AC alarm timer or to disable it, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
If the AC alarm timer is set through this attribute and it
|
||||
expires, it will immediately wake up the system from the S3
|
||||
sleep state (and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status
|
||||
is explicitly cleared via the ac_status attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_policy
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) The AC alarm expired timer wake policy (see ACPI 6.2,
|
||||
Section 9.18 for details).
|
||||
|
||||
Reads return the current expired timer wake delay for the AC
|
||||
alarm timer or "never", if the policy is to discard AC timer
|
||||
wakeups if the system is on DC power.
|
||||
|
||||
Write a new expired timer wake delay for the AC alarm timer in
|
||||
seconds or "never" to it to set the expired timer wake delay for
|
||||
the AC alarm timer or to set its expired wake policy to discard
|
||||
wakeups if the system is on DC power, respectively.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/ac_status
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) The AC alarm status.
|
||||
|
||||
Reads return a hexadecimal bitmask representing the AC alarm
|
||||
timer status with the following meaning of bits (see ACPI 6.2,
|
||||
Section 9.18.5):
|
||||
|
||||
Bit(0): The timer has expired if set.
|
||||
Bit(1): The timer has woken up the system from a sleep state
|
||||
(S3 or S4/S5 if supported) if set.
|
||||
|
||||
The other bits are reserved.
|
||||
|
||||
Reads also cause the AC alarm timer status to be reset.
|
||||
|
||||
Another way to reset the the status of the AC alarm timer is to
|
||||
write (the number) 0 to this file.
|
||||
|
||||
If the status return value indicates that the timer has expired,
|
||||
it will immediately wake up the system from the S3 sleep state
|
||||
(and from S4/S5 too if supported) until its status is explicitly
|
||||
cleared through this attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_alarm
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW,optional) The DC alarm timer value.
|
||||
|
||||
This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate
|
||||
DC timer.
|
||||
|
||||
It is analogous to the ac_alarm attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_policy
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW,optional) The DC alarm expired timer wake policy.
|
||||
|
||||
This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate
|
||||
DC timer.
|
||||
|
||||
It is analogous to the ac_policy attribute.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/ACPI000E:00/dc_status
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: Rafael J. Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>
|
||||
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW,optional) The DC alarm status.
|
||||
|
||||
This attribute is only present if the TAD supports a separate
|
||||
DC timer.
|
||||
|
||||
It is analogous to the ac_status attribute.
|
238
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
Normal file
238
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/firmware_revision
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The major and minor revision of the firmware.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/aux_firmware_revision
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Holds additional information about the firmware revision,
|
||||
such as boot block or internal data structure version numbers.
|
||||
The meanings of the numbers are specific to the vendor
|
||||
identified by Manufacturer ID.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/revision
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Device revision. Useful for identifying if significant
|
||||
hardware changes have been made to the implementation of the
|
||||
management controller.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/provides_device_sdrs
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Indicates whether device provides device sensor data
|
||||
records (1) or not (0).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/device_id
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Device id is specified by the manufacturer identified by
|
||||
the Manufacturer ID field. This field allows controller specific
|
||||
software to identify the unique application command, OEM
|
||||
fields, and functionality that are provided by the controller
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/additional_device_support
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Lists the IPMI ‘logical device’ commands and functions
|
||||
that the controller supports that are in addition to the
|
||||
mandatory IPM and Application commands.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/ipmi_version
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Displays the IPMI Command Specification Version.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/manufacturer_id
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Identifies the manufacturer responsible for the
|
||||
specification of functionality of the vendor (OEM)-specific
|
||||
commands, codes, and interfaces used in the controller.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/product_id
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Displays a number that identifies a particular system,
|
||||
module, add-in card, or board set. The number is specified
|
||||
according to the manufacturer given by Manufacturer ID.
|
||||
|
||||
For detailed definitions of the above attributes, refer to section 20.1 'Get
|
||||
Device ID Command' of the IPMI specification v2.0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_bmc.*/guid
|
||||
Date: Mar, 2006
|
||||
KernelVersion: v2.6.17
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) A GUID (Globally Unique ID), also referred to as a UUID
|
||||
(Universally Unique Identifier), for the management controller,
|
||||
as described in section 20.8 'Get Device GUID Command' of the
|
||||
IPMI specification v2.0.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/type
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.15
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The device interface for IPMI "kcs", "smic", "bt" or
|
||||
"invalid"
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/idles
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/watchdog_pretimeouts
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/complete_transactions
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/events
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/hosed_count
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/long_timeouts
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/flag_fetches
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/attentions
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/incoming_messages
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/short_timeouts
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.15
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
|
||||
idles: (RO) Number of times the interface was
|
||||
idle while being polled.
|
||||
|
||||
watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
|
||||
|
||||
complete_transactions: (RO) Number of completed messages.
|
||||
|
||||
events: (RO) Number of IPMI events received from
|
||||
the hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
interrupts: (RO) Number of interrupts the driver
|
||||
handled.
|
||||
|
||||
hosed_count: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
|
||||
follow the state machine.
|
||||
|
||||
long_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
|
||||
requested a timer while nothing was in
|
||||
progress.
|
||||
|
||||
flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times the driver
|
||||
requested flags from the hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
attentions: (RO) Number of time the driver got an
|
||||
ATTN from the hardware.
|
||||
|
||||
incoming_messages: (RO) Number of asynchronous messages
|
||||
received.
|
||||
|
||||
short_timeouts: (RO) Number of times the driver
|
||||
requested a timer while an operation was
|
||||
in progress.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/interrupts_enabled
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.15
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Indicates whether interrupts are enabled or not. The driver
|
||||
disables interrupts when it gets into a situation where it
|
||||
cannot handle messages due to lack of memory. Once that
|
||||
situation clears up, it will re-enable interrupts.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/ipmi_si.*/params
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.15
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
[to be documented]
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/type
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.15
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) Shows the IMPI device interface type - "ssif" here.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/hosed
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/alerts
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/sent_messages_parts
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_messages
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/received_message_parts
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/events
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/watchdog_pretimeouts
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/flag_fetches
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_retries
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_retries
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/send_errors
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/dmi-ipmi-ssif.*/receive_errors
|
||||
Date: Sep, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.15
|
||||
Contact: openipmi-developer@lists.sourceforge.net
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
hosed: (RO) Number of times the hardware didn't
|
||||
follow the state machine.
|
||||
|
||||
alerts: (RO) Number of alerts received.
|
||||
|
||||
sent_messages: (RO) Number of total messages sent.
|
||||
|
||||
sent_message_parts: (RO) Number of message parts sent.
|
||||
Messages may be broken into parts if
|
||||
they are long.
|
||||
|
||||
receieved_messages: (RO) Number of message responses
|
||||
received.
|
||||
|
||||
received_message_parts: (RO) Number of message fragments
|
||||
received.
|
||||
|
||||
events: (RO) Number of received events.
|
||||
|
||||
watchdog_pretimeouts: (RO) Number of watchdog pretimeouts.
|
||||
|
||||
flag_fetches: (RO) Number of times a flag fetch was
|
||||
requested.
|
||||
|
||||
send_retries: (RO) Number of time a message was
|
||||
retried.
|
||||
|
||||
receive_retries: (RO) Number of times the receive of a
|
||||
message was retried.
|
||||
|
||||
send_errors: (RO) Number of times the send of a
|
||||
message failed.
|
||||
|
||||
receive_errors: (RO) Number of errors in receiving
|
||||
messages.
|
115
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint
Normal file
115
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-trackpoint
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../sensitivity
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Trackpoint sensitivity.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../intertia
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Negative inertia factor. High values cause the cursor to
|
||||
snap backward when the trackpoint is released.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../reach
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Backup range for z-axis press.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../draghys
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) The drag hysteresis controls how hard it is to drag with
|
||||
z-axis pressed.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../mindrag
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Minimum amount of force needed to trigger dragging.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../speed
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Speed of the trackpoint cursor.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../thresh
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Minimum value for z-axis force required to trigger a press
|
||||
or release, relative to the running average.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../upthresh
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) The offset from the running average required to generate a
|
||||
select (click) on z-axis on release.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ztime
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) This attribute determines how sharp a press has to be in
|
||||
order to be recognized.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../jenks
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Minimum curvature in degrees required to generate a double
|
||||
click without a release.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../skipback
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) When the skipback bit is set, backup cursor movement during
|
||||
releases from drags will be suppressed. The default value for
|
||||
this bit is 0.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../ext_dev
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Disable (0) or enable (1) external pointing device.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../press_to_select
|
||||
Date: Aug, 2005
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.14
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Writing a value of 1 to this file will enable the Press to
|
||||
Select functions like tapping the control stick to simulate a
|
||||
left click, and writing 0 will disable it.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/platform/i8042/.../drift_time
|
||||
Date: Dec, 2014
|
||||
KernelVersion: 3.19
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) This parameter controls the period of time to test for a
|
||||
‘hands off’ condition (i.e. when no force is applied) before a
|
||||
drift (noise) calibration occurs.
|
||||
|
||||
IBM Trackpoints have a feature to compensate for drift by
|
||||
recalibrating themselves periodically. By default, if for 0.5
|
||||
seconds there is no change in position, it's used as the new
|
||||
zero. This duration is too low. Often, the calibration happens
|
||||
when the trackpoint is in fact being used.
|
@ -198,6 +198,31 @@ Description:
|
||||
time (in microseconds) this cpu should spend in this idle state
|
||||
to make the transition worth the effort.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.17
|
||||
Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Idle state usage statistics related to suspend-to-idle.
|
||||
|
||||
This attribute group is only present for states that can be
|
||||
used in suspend-to-idle with suspended timekeeping.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/time
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.17
|
||||
Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Total time spent by the CPU in suspend-to-idle (with scheduler
|
||||
tick suspended) after requesting this state.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpuX/cpuidle/stateN/s2idle/usage
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: v4.17
|
||||
Contact: Linux power management list <linux-pm@vger.kernel.org>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Total number of times this state has been requested by the CPU
|
||||
while entering suspend-to-idle.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu#/cpufreq/*
|
||||
Date: pre-git history
|
||||
|
10
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio
Normal file
10
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-fsi-master-gpio
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/devices/[..]/fsi-master-gpio/external_mode
|
||||
Date: Feb 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.17
|
||||
Contact: jk@ozlabs.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Controls access arbitration for GPIO-based FSI master. A
|
||||
value of 0 (the default) sets normal mode, where the
|
||||
driver performs FSI bus transactions, 1 sets external mode,
|
||||
where the FSI bus is driven externally (for example, by
|
||||
a debug device).
|
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp
Normal file
19
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-logitech-hidpp
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/range
|
||||
Date: Jan, 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.6
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) This attribute controls the amount of 'turn' permitted in
|
||||
Logitech G920 wheel. Reading from the file shows the current
|
||||
range of the steering wheel. Writing a value within the min and
|
||||
max boundary sets the range of the wheel.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/logitech-hidpp-device/<dev>/builtin_power_supply
|
||||
Date: Apr, 2017
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.12
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Presence of this file indicates that HID++ driver is capable of
|
||||
handling battery properties in the kernel. This way, upower can
|
||||
add a udev rule to decide whether or not it should use the
|
||||
internal unifying support or the generic kernel one.
|
70
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
Normal file
70
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-hid-ntrig
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activate_slack
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Number of contact frames ignored before acknowledging the
|
||||
start of activity (activating touch).
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/decativate_slack
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RW) Number of empty (no contact) frames ignored before
|
||||
acknowledging the end of activity (deactivating touch).
|
||||
|
||||
When the last finger is removed from the device, it sends a
|
||||
number of empty frames. By holding off on deactivation for a few
|
||||
frames false erroneous disconnects can be tolerated, where the
|
||||
sensor may mistakenly not detect a finger that is still present.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_width
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/activation_height
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Threholds to override activation slack.
|
||||
|
||||
activation_width: (RW) Width threshold to immediately
|
||||
start processing touch events.
|
||||
|
||||
activation_height: (RW) Height threshold to immediately
|
||||
start processing touch events.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_width
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/min_height
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Minimum size contact accepted.
|
||||
|
||||
min_width: (RW) Minimum touch contact width to decide
|
||||
activation and activity.
|
||||
|
||||
min_height: (RW) Minimum touch contact height to decide
|
||||
activation and activity.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_width
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_physical_height
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) These are internal ranges not used for normal events but
|
||||
useful for tuning.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_width
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/hid/drivers/ntrig/<dev>/sensor_logical_height
|
||||
Date: May, 2010
|
||||
KernelVersion: 2.6.35
|
||||
Contact: linux-input@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
(RO) The range for positions reported during activity.
|
885
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
Normal file
885
Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ufs
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,885 @@
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/*/drivers/ufshcd/*/auto_hibern8
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
Contact: linux-scsi@vger.kernel.org
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file contains the auto-hibernate idle timer setting of a
|
||||
UFS host controller. A value of '0' means auto-hibernate is not
|
||||
enabled. Otherwise the value is the number of microseconds of
|
||||
idle time before the UFS host controller will autonomously put
|
||||
the link into hibernate state. That will save power at the
|
||||
expense of increased latency. Note that the hardware supports
|
||||
10-bit values with a power-of-ten multiplier which allows a
|
||||
maximum value of 102300000. Refer to the UFS Host Controller
|
||||
Interface specification for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_type
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the device type. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
device descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_class
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the device class. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
device descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_sub_class
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the UFS storage subclass. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/protocol
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the protocol supported by an UFS device.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found
|
||||
at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_luns
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows number of logical units. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_wluns
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows number of well known logical units.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found
|
||||
at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/boot_enable
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device is
|
||||
enabled for boot. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
|
||||
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/descriptor_access_enable
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows value that indicates whether the device
|
||||
descriptor could be read after partial initialization phase
|
||||
of the boot sequence. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
|
||||
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_power_mode
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows value that defines the power mode after
|
||||
device initialization or hardware reset. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/high_priority_lun
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the high priority lun. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/secure_removal_type
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the secure removal type. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/support_security_lun
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether the security lun is supported.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found
|
||||
at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/bkops_termination_latency
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the background operations termination
|
||||
latency. This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found
|
||||
at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/initial_active_icc_level
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the initial active ICC level. This is one
|
||||
of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/specification_version
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the specification version. This is one
|
||||
of the UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturing_date
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the manufacturing date in BCD format.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found
|
||||
at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/manufacturer_id
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the manufacturee ID. This is one of the
|
||||
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtt_capability
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum number of outstanding RTTs
|
||||
supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
|
||||
descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/rtc_update
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the frequency and method of the realtime
|
||||
clock update. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
|
||||
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
|
||||
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ufs_features
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows which features are supported by the device.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be
|
||||
found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/ffu_timeout
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the FFU timeout. This is one of the
|
||||
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/queue_depth
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the device queue depth. This is one of the
|
||||
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/device_version
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the device version. This is one of the
|
||||
UFS device descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/number_of_secure_wpa
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows number of secure write protect areas
|
||||
supported by the device. This is one of the UFS device
|
||||
descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_max_data_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum amount of data that may be
|
||||
written during the pre-soldering phase of the PSA flow.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS device descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found
|
||||
at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/device_descriptor/psa_state_timeout
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the command maximum timeout for a change
|
||||
in PSA state. This is one of the UFS device descriptor
|
||||
parameters. The full information about the descriptor could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/unipro_version
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the MIPI UniPro version number in BCD format.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/interconnect_descriptor/mphy_version
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the MIPI M-PHY version number in BCD format.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS interconnect descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/raw_device_capacity
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the total memory quantity available to
|
||||
the user to configure the device logical units. This is one
|
||||
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_luns
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum number of logical units
|
||||
supported by the UFS device. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/segment_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the segment size. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
geometry descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/allocation_unit_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the allocation unit size. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/min_addressable_block_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the minimum addressable block size. This
|
||||
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
|
||||
specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_read_block_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the optimal read block size. This is one
|
||||
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
|
||||
specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/optimal_write_block_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the optimal write block size. This is one
|
||||
of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
|
||||
specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_in_buffer_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum data-in buffer size. This
|
||||
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
|
||||
specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_out_buffer_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum data-out buffer size. This
|
||||
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at UFS
|
||||
specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/rpmb_rw_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum number of RPMB frames allowed
|
||||
in Security Protocol In/Out. This is one of the UFS geometry
|
||||
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
|
||||
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/dyn_capacity_resource_policy
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the dynamic capacity resource policy. This
|
||||
is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/data_ordering
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows support for out-of-order data transfer.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/max_number_of_contexts
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows maximum available number of contexts which
|
||||
are supported by the device. This is one of the UFS geometry
|
||||
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
|
||||
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_unit_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows system data tag unit size. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/sys_data_tag_resource_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows maximum storage area size allocated by
|
||||
the device to handle system data by the tagging mechanism.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/secure_removal_types
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows supported secure removal types. This is
|
||||
one of the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/memory_types
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows supported memory types. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS geometry descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_max_alloc_units
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum number of allocation units for
|
||||
different memory types (system code, non persistent,
|
||||
enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
|
||||
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
|
||||
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/geometry_descriptor/*_memory_capacity_adjustment_factor
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the memory capacity adjustment factor for
|
||||
different memory types (system code, non persistent,
|
||||
enhanced type 1-4). This is one of the UFS geometry
|
||||
descriptor parameters. The full information about the
|
||||
descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/eol_info
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows preend of life information. This is one
|
||||
of the UFS health descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_a
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows indication of the device life time
|
||||
(method a). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
|
||||
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
|
||||
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/health_descriptor/life_time_estimation_b
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows indication of the device life time
|
||||
(method b). This is one of the UFS health descriptor
|
||||
parameters. The full information about the descriptor
|
||||
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/power_descriptor/active_icc_levels_vcc*
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows maximum VCC, VCCQ and VCCQ2 value for
|
||||
active ICC levels from 0 to 15. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
power descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/manufacturer_name
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file contains a device manufactureer name string.
|
||||
The full information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_name
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file contains a product name string. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/oem_id
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file contains a OEM ID string. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/serial_number
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file contains a device serial number string. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/string_descriptors/product_revision
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file contains a product revision string. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/boot_lun_id
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows boot LUN information. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_write_protect
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows LUN write protection status. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_queue_depth
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows LUN queue depth. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/psa_sensitive
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows PSA sensitivity. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/lun_memory_type
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows LUN memory type. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/data_reliability
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file defines the device behavior when a power failure
|
||||
occurs during a write operation. This is one of the UFS
|
||||
unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the size of addressable logical blocks
|
||||
(calculated as an exponent with base 2). This is one of
|
||||
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information about
|
||||
the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/logical_block_count
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows total number of addressable logical blocks.
|
||||
This is one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full
|
||||
information about the descriptor could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/erase_block_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the erase block size. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/provisioning_type
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the thin provisioning type. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/physical_memory_resourse_count
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the total physical memory resources. This is
|
||||
one of the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/context_capabilities
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the context capabilities. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/unit_descriptor/large_unit_granularity
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the granularity of the LUN. This is one of
|
||||
the UFS unit descriptor parameters. The full information
|
||||
about the descriptor could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/device_init
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the device init status. The full information
|
||||
about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/permanent_wpe
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether permanent write protection is enabled.
|
||||
The full information about the flag could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/power_on_wpe
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether write protection is enabled on all
|
||||
logical units configured as power on write protected. The
|
||||
full information about the flag could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/bkops_enable
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether the device background operations are
|
||||
enabled. The full information about the flag could be
|
||||
found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/life_span_mode_enable
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether the device life span mode is enabled.
|
||||
The full information about the flag could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/phy_resource_removal
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether physical resource removal is enable.
|
||||
The full information about the flag could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/busy_rtc
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether the device is executing internal
|
||||
operation related to real time clock. The full information
|
||||
about the flag could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/flags/disable_fw_update
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether the device FW update is permanently
|
||||
disabled. The full information about the flag could be found
|
||||
at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/boot_lun_enabled
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the boot lun enabled UFS device attribute.
|
||||
The full information about the attribute could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/current_power_mode
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the current power mode UFS device attribute.
|
||||
The full information about the attribute could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/active_icc_level
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the active icc level UFS device attribute.
|
||||
The full information about the attribute could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ooo_data_enabled
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the out of order data transfer enabled UFS
|
||||
device attribute. The full information about the attribute
|
||||
could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/bkops_status
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the background operations status UFS device
|
||||
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/purge_status
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the purge operation status UFS device
|
||||
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_in_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum data size in a DATA IN
|
||||
UPIU. The full information about the attribute could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_data_out_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the maximum number of bytes that can be
|
||||
requested with a READY TO TRANSFER UPIU. The full information
|
||||
about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/reference_clock_frequency
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the reference clock frequency UFS device
|
||||
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/configuration_descriptor_lock
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows whether the configuration descriptor is locked.
|
||||
The full information about the attribute could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1. The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/max_number_of_rtt
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the maximum current number of
|
||||
outstanding RTTs in device that is allowed. The full
|
||||
information about the attribute could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_control
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the exception event control UFS device
|
||||
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/exception_event_status
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the exception event status UFS device
|
||||
attribute. The full information about the attribute could
|
||||
be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/ffu_status
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file provides the ffu status UFS device attribute.
|
||||
The full information about the attribute could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_state
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file show the PSA feature status. The full information
|
||||
about the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/attributes/psa_data_size
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the amount of data that the host plans to
|
||||
load to all logical units in pre-soldering state.
|
||||
The full information about the attribute could be found at
|
||||
UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/class/scsi_device/*/device/dyn_cap_needed
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Stanislav Nijnikov <stanislav.nijnikov@wdc.com>
|
||||
Description: This file shows the The amount of physical memory needed
|
||||
to be removed from the physical memory resources pool of
|
||||
the particular logical unit. The full information about
|
||||
the attribute could be found at UFS specifications 2.1.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_lvl
|
||||
Date: September 2014
|
||||
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
|
||||
runtime power management level. The current driver
|
||||
implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
|
||||
0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
|
||||
stay active
|
||||
1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
|
||||
hibernate
|
||||
2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
|
||||
stay active
|
||||
3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
|
||||
hibernate
|
||||
4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
|
||||
hibernate
|
||||
5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
|
||||
be powered off
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_dev_state
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
|
||||
for the chosen runtime power management level.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/rpm_target_link_state
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
|
||||
for the chosen runtime power management level.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_lvl
|
||||
Date: September 2014
|
||||
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
Description: This entry could be used to set or show the UFS device
|
||||
system power management level. The current driver
|
||||
implementation supports 6 levels with next target states:
|
||||
0 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
|
||||
stay active
|
||||
1 - an UFS device will stay active, an UIC link will
|
||||
hibernate
|
||||
2 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
|
||||
stay active
|
||||
3 - an UFS device will moved to sleep, an UIC link will
|
||||
hibernate
|
||||
4 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
|
||||
hibernate
|
||||
5 - an UFS device will be powered off, an UIC link will
|
||||
be powered off
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_dev_state
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
Description: This entry shows the target power mode of an UFS device
|
||||
for the chosen system power management level.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/bus/platform/drivers/ufshcd/*/spm_target_link_state
|
||||
Date: February 2018
|
||||
Contact: Subhash Jadavani <subhashj@codeaurora.org>
|
||||
Description: This entry shows the target state of an UFS UIC link
|
||||
for the chosen system power management level.
|
||||
The file is read only.
|
@ -192,3 +192,14 @@ Date: November 2017
|
||||
Contact: "Sheng Yong" <shengyong1@huawei.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Controls readahead inode block in readdir.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
|
||||
Date: Feburary 2018
|
||||
Contact: "Chao Yu" <yuchao0@huawei.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
Used to control configure extension list:
|
||||
- Query: cat /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
|
||||
- Add: echo '[h/c]extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
|
||||
- Del: echo '[h/c]!extension' > /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/extension_list
|
||||
- [h] means add/del hot file extension
|
||||
- [c] means add/del cold file extension
|
||||
|
@ -51,3 +51,10 @@ Date: September 2016
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.9
|
||||
Contact: Craig Gallek <kraig@google.com>
|
||||
Description: The type of the interrupt. Either the string 'level' or 'edge'.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/kernel/irq/<irq>/wakeup
|
||||
Date: March 2018
|
||||
KernelVersion: 4.17
|
||||
Contact: Andy Shevchenko <andriy.shevchenko@linux.intel.com>
|
||||
Description: The wakeup state of the interrupt. Either the string
|
||||
'enabled' or 'disabled'.
|
||||
|
@ -287,3 +287,17 @@ Description:
|
||||
Writing a "1" to this file enables the debug messages and
|
||||
writing a "0" (default) to it disables them. Reads from
|
||||
this file return the current value.
|
||||
|
||||
What: /sys/power/resume_offset
|
||||
Date: April 2018
|
||||
Contact: Mario Limonciello <mario.limonciello@dell.com>
|
||||
Description:
|
||||
This file is used for telling the kernel an offset into a disk
|
||||
to use when hibernating the system such as with a swap file.
|
||||
|
||||
Reads from this file will display the current offset
|
||||
the kernel will be using on the next hibernation
|
||||
attempt.
|
||||
|
||||
Using this sysfs file will override any values that were
|
||||
set using the kernel command line for disk offset.
|
@ -26,8 +26,8 @@ On what hardware does it run?
|
||||
Although originally developed first for 32-bit x86-based PCs (386 or higher),
|
||||
today Linux also runs on (at least) the Compaq Alpha AXP, Sun SPARC and
|
||||
UltraSPARC, Motorola 68000, PowerPC, PowerPC64, ARM, Hitachi SuperH, Cell,
|
||||
IBM S/390, MIPS, HP PA-RISC, Intel IA-64, DEC VAX, AMD x86-64, AXIS CRIS,
|
||||
Xtensa, Tilera TILE, ARC and Renesas M32R architectures.
|
||||
IBM S/390, MIPS, HP PA-RISC, Intel IA-64, DEC VAX, AMD x86-64 Xtensa, and
|
||||
ARC architectures.
|
||||
|
||||
Linux is easily portable to most general-purpose 32- or 64-bit architectures
|
||||
as long as they have a paged memory management unit (PMMU) and a port of the
|
||||
@ -218,6 +218,13 @@ Configuring the kernel
|
||||
"make localyesconfig" Similar to localmodconfig, except it will convert
|
||||
all module options to built in (=y) options.
|
||||
|
||||
"make kvmconfig" Enable additional options for kvm guest kernel support.
|
||||
|
||||
"make xenconfig" Enable additional options for xen dom0 guest kernel
|
||||
support.
|
||||
|
||||
"make tinyconfig" Configure the tiniest possible kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
You can find more information on using the Linux kernel config tools
|
||||
in Documentation/kbuild/kconfig.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -89,7 +89,6 @@ parameter is applicable::
|
||||
APM Advanced Power Management support is enabled.
|
||||
ARM ARM architecture is enabled.
|
||||
AX25 Appropriate AX.25 support is enabled.
|
||||
BLACKFIN Blackfin architecture is enabled.
|
||||
CLK Common clock infrastructure is enabled.
|
||||
CMA Contiguous Memory Area support is enabled.
|
||||
DRM Direct Rendering Management support is enabled.
|
||||
|
@ -389,15 +389,15 @@
|
||||
Use software keyboard repeat
|
||||
|
||||
audit= [KNL] Enable the audit sub-system
|
||||
Format: { "0" | "1" } (0 = disabled, 1 = enabled)
|
||||
0 - kernel audit is disabled and can not be enabled
|
||||
until the next reboot
|
||||
Format: { "0" | "1" | "off" | "on" }
|
||||
0 | off - kernel audit is disabled and can not be
|
||||
enabled until the next reboot
|
||||
unset - kernel audit is initialized but disabled and
|
||||
will be fully enabled by the userspace auditd.
|
||||
1 - kernel audit is initialized and partially enabled,
|
||||
storing at most audit_backlog_limit messages in
|
||||
RAM until it is fully enabled by the userspace
|
||||
auditd.
|
||||
1 | on - kernel audit is initialized and partially
|
||||
enabled, storing at most audit_backlog_limit
|
||||
messages in RAM until it is fully enabled by the
|
||||
userspace auditd.
|
||||
Default: unset
|
||||
|
||||
audit_backlog_limit= [KNL] Set the audit queue size limit.
|
||||
@ -1025,7 +1025,7 @@
|
||||
address. The serial port must already be setup
|
||||
and configured. Options are not yet supported.
|
||||
|
||||
earlyprintk= [X86,SH,BLACKFIN,ARM,M68k,S390]
|
||||
earlyprintk= [X86,SH,ARM,M68k,S390]
|
||||
earlyprintk=vga
|
||||
earlyprintk=efi
|
||||
earlyprintk=sclp
|
||||
@ -1347,10 +1347,6 @@
|
||||
If specified, z/VM IUCV HVC accepts connections
|
||||
from listed z/VM user IDs only.
|
||||
|
||||
hwthread_map= [METAG] Comma-separated list of Linux cpu id to
|
||||
hardware thread id mappings.
|
||||
Format: <cpu>:<hwthread>
|
||||
|
||||
keep_bootcon [KNL]
|
||||
Do not unregister boot console at start. This is only
|
||||
useful for debugging when something happens in the window
|
||||
@ -1525,7 +1521,8 @@
|
||||
|
||||
ima_policy= [IMA]
|
||||
The builtin policies to load during IMA setup.
|
||||
Format: "tcb | appraise_tcb | secure_boot"
|
||||
Format: "tcb | appraise_tcb | secure_boot |
|
||||
fail_securely"
|
||||
|
||||
The "tcb" policy measures all programs exec'd, files
|
||||
mmap'd for exec, and all files opened with the read
|
||||
@ -1540,6 +1537,11 @@
|
||||
of files (eg. kexec kernel image, kernel modules,
|
||||
firmware, policy, etc) based on file signatures.
|
||||
|
||||
The "fail_securely" policy forces file signature
|
||||
verification failure also on privileged mounted
|
||||
filesystems with the SB_I_UNVERIFIABLE_SIGNATURE
|
||||
flag.
|
||||
|
||||
ima_tcb [IMA] Deprecated. Use ima_policy= instead.
|
||||
Load a policy which meets the needs of the Trusted
|
||||
Computing Base. This means IMA will measure all
|
||||
@ -1743,6 +1745,14 @@
|
||||
of a GICv2 controller even if the memory range
|
||||
exposed by the device tree is too small.
|
||||
|
||||
irqchip.gicv3_nolpi=
|
||||
[ARM, ARM64]
|
||||
Force the kernel to ignore the availability of
|
||||
LPIs (and by consequence ITSs). Intended for system
|
||||
that use the kernel as a bootloader, and thus want
|
||||
to let secondary kernels in charge of setting up
|
||||
LPIs.
|
||||
|
||||
irqfixup [HW]
|
||||
When an interrupt is not handled search all handlers
|
||||
for it. Intended to get systems with badly broken
|
||||
@ -1766,6 +1776,17 @@
|
||||
|
||||
nohz
|
||||
Disable the tick when a single task runs.
|
||||
|
||||
A residual 1Hz tick is offloaded to workqueues, which you
|
||||
need to affine to housekeeping through the global
|
||||
workqueue's affinity configured via the
|
||||
/sys/devices/virtual/workqueue/cpumask sysfs file, or
|
||||
by using the 'domain' flag described below.
|
||||
|
||||
NOTE: by default the global workqueue runs on all CPUs,
|
||||
so to protect individual CPUs the 'cpumask' file has to
|
||||
be configured manually after bootup.
|
||||
|
||||
domain
|
||||
Isolate from the general SMP balancing and scheduling
|
||||
algorithms. Note that performing domain isolation this way
|
||||
@ -1825,30 +1846,29 @@
|
||||
keepinitrd [HW,ARM]
|
||||
|
||||
kernelcore= [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC]
|
||||
Format: nn[KMGTPE] | "mirror"
|
||||
This parameter
|
||||
specifies the amount of memory usable by the kernel
|
||||
for non-movable allocations. The requested amount is
|
||||
spread evenly throughout all nodes in the system. The
|
||||
remaining memory in each node is used for Movable
|
||||
pages. In the event, a node is too small to have both
|
||||
kernelcore and Movable pages, kernelcore pages will
|
||||
take priority and other nodes will have a larger number
|
||||
of Movable pages. The Movable zone is used for the
|
||||
allocation of pages that may be reclaimed or moved
|
||||
by the page migration subsystem. This means that
|
||||
HugeTLB pages may not be allocated from this zone.
|
||||
Note that allocations like PTEs-from-HighMem still
|
||||
use the HighMem zone if it exists, and the Normal
|
||||
Format: nn[KMGTPE] | nn% | "mirror"
|
||||
This parameter specifies the amount of memory usable by
|
||||
the kernel for non-movable allocations. The requested
|
||||
amount is spread evenly throughout all nodes in the
|
||||
system as ZONE_NORMAL. The remaining memory is used for
|
||||
movable memory in its own zone, ZONE_MOVABLE. In the
|
||||
event, a node is too small to have both ZONE_NORMAL and
|
||||
ZONE_MOVABLE, kernelcore memory will take priority and
|
||||
other nodes will have a larger ZONE_MOVABLE.
|
||||
|
||||
ZONE_MOVABLE is used for the allocation of pages that
|
||||
may be reclaimed or moved by the page migration
|
||||
subsystem. Note that allocations like PTEs-from-HighMem
|
||||
still use the HighMem zone if it exists, and the Normal
|
||||
zone if it does not.
|
||||
|
||||
Instead of specifying the amount of memory (nn[KMGTPE]),
|
||||
you can specify "mirror" option. In case "mirror"
|
||||
It is possible to specify the exact amount of memory in
|
||||
the form of "nn[KMGTPE]", a percentage of total system
|
||||
memory in the form of "nn%", or "mirror". If "mirror"
|
||||
option is specified, mirrored (reliable) memory is used
|
||||
for non-movable allocations and remaining memory is used
|
||||
for Movable pages. nn[KMGTPE] and "mirror" are exclusive,
|
||||
so you can NOT specify nn[KMGTPE] and "mirror" at the same
|
||||
time.
|
||||
for Movable pages. "nn[KMGTPE]", "nn%", and "mirror"
|
||||
are exclusive, so you cannot specify multiple forms.
|
||||
|
||||
kgdbdbgp= [KGDB,HW] kgdb over EHCI usb debug port.
|
||||
Format: <Controller#>[,poll interval]
|
||||
@ -1887,6 +1907,9 @@
|
||||
kvm.ignore_msrs=[KVM] Ignore guest accesses to unhandled MSRs.
|
||||
Default is 0 (don't ignore, but inject #GP)
|
||||
|
||||
kvm.enable_vmware_backdoor=[KVM] Support VMware backdoor PV interface.
|
||||
Default is false (don't support).
|
||||
|
||||
kvm.mmu_audit= [KVM] This is a R/W parameter which allows audit
|
||||
KVM MMU at runtime.
|
||||
Default is 0 (off)
|
||||
@ -2237,6 +2260,15 @@
|
||||
The memory region may be marked as e820 type 12 (0xc)
|
||||
and is NVDIMM or ADR memory.
|
||||
|
||||
memmap=<size>%<offset>-<oldtype>+<newtype>
|
||||
[KNL,ACPI] Convert memory within the specified region
|
||||
from <oldtype> to <newtype>. If "-<oldtype>" is left
|
||||
out, the whole region will be marked as <newtype>,
|
||||
even if previously unavailable. If "+<newtype>" is left
|
||||
out, matching memory will be removed. Types are
|
||||
specified as e820 types, e.g., 1 = RAM, 2 = reserved,
|
||||
3 = ACPI, 12 = PRAM.
|
||||
|
||||
memory_corruption_check=0/1 [X86]
|
||||
Some BIOSes seem to corrupt the first 64k of
|
||||
memory when doing things like suspend/resume.
|
||||
@ -2353,13 +2385,14 @@
|
||||
mousedev.yres= [MOUSE] Vertical screen resolution, used for devices
|
||||
reporting absolute coordinates, such as tablets
|
||||
|
||||
movablecore=nn[KMG] [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC] This parameter
|
||||
is similar to kernelcore except it specifies the
|
||||
amount of memory used for migratable allocations.
|
||||
If both kernelcore and movablecore is specified,
|
||||
then kernelcore will be at *least* the specified
|
||||
value but may be more. If movablecore on its own
|
||||
is specified, the administrator must be careful
|
||||
movablecore= [KNL,X86,IA-64,PPC]
|
||||
Format: nn[KMGTPE] | nn%
|
||||
This parameter is the complement to kernelcore=, it
|
||||
specifies the amount of memory used for migratable
|
||||
allocations. If both kernelcore and movablecore is
|
||||
specified, then kernelcore will be at *least* the
|
||||
specified value but may be more. If movablecore on its
|
||||
own is specified, the administrator must be careful
|
||||
that the amount of memory usable for all allocations
|
||||
is not too small.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -3130,18 +3163,13 @@
|
||||
force Enable ASPM even on devices that claim not to support it.
|
||||
WARNING: Forcing ASPM on may cause system lockups.
|
||||
|
||||
pcie_hp= [PCIE] PCI Express Hotplug driver options:
|
||||
nomsi Do not use MSI for PCI Express Native Hotplug (this
|
||||
makes all PCIe ports use INTx for hotplug services).
|
||||
|
||||
pcie_ports= [PCIE] PCIe ports handling:
|
||||
auto Ask the BIOS whether or not to use native PCIe services
|
||||
associated with PCIe ports (PME, hot-plug, AER). Use
|
||||
them only if that is allowed by the BIOS.
|
||||
native Use native PCIe services associated with PCIe ports
|
||||
unconditionally.
|
||||
compat Treat PCIe ports as PCI-to-PCI bridges, disable the PCIe
|
||||
ports driver.
|
||||
pcie_ports= [PCIE] PCIe port services handling:
|
||||
native Use native PCIe services (PME, AER, DPC, PCIe hotplug)
|
||||
even if the platform doesn't give the OS permission to
|
||||
use them. This may cause conflicts if the platform
|
||||
also tries to use these services.
|
||||
compat Disable native PCIe services (PME, AER, DPC, PCIe
|
||||
hotplug).
|
||||
|
||||
pcie_port_pm= [PCIE] PCIe port power management handling:
|
||||
off Disable power management of all PCIe ports
|
||||
@ -4368,12 +4396,73 @@
|
||||
|
||||
usbcore.nousb [USB] Disable the USB subsystem
|
||||
|
||||
usbcore.quirks=
|
||||
[USB] A list of quirk entries to augment the built-in
|
||||
usb core quirk list. List entries are separated by
|
||||
commas. Each entry has the form
|
||||
VendorID:ProductID:Flags. The IDs are 4-digit hex
|
||||
numbers and Flags is a set of letters. Each letter
|
||||
will change the built-in quirk; setting it if it is
|
||||
clear and clearing it if it is set. The letters have
|
||||
the following meanings:
|
||||
a = USB_QUIRK_STRING_FETCH_255 (string
|
||||
descriptors must not be fetched using
|
||||
a 255-byte read);
|
||||
b = USB_QUIRK_RESET_RESUME (device can't resume
|
||||
correctly so reset it instead);
|
||||
c = USB_QUIRK_NO_SET_INTF (device can't handle
|
||||
Set-Interface requests);
|
||||
d = USB_QUIRK_CONFIG_INTF_STRINGS (device can't
|
||||
handle its Configuration or Interface
|
||||
strings);
|
||||
e = USB_QUIRK_RESET (device can't be reset
|
||||
(e.g morph devices), don't use reset);
|
||||
f = USB_QUIRK_HONOR_BNUMINTERFACES (device has
|
||||
more interface descriptions than the
|
||||
bNumInterfaces count, and can't handle
|
||||
talking to these interfaces);
|
||||
g = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_INIT (device needs a pause
|
||||
during initialization, after we read
|
||||
the device descriptor);
|
||||
h = USB_QUIRK_LINEAR_UFRAME_INTR_BINTERVAL (For
|
||||
high speed and super speed interrupt
|
||||
endpoints, the USB 2.0 and USB 3.0 spec
|
||||
require the interval in microframes (1
|
||||
microframe = 125 microseconds) to be
|
||||
calculated as interval = 2 ^
|
||||
(bInterval-1).
|
||||
Devices with this quirk report their
|
||||
bInterval as the result of this
|
||||
calculation instead of the exponent
|
||||
variable used in the calculation);
|
||||
i = USB_QUIRK_DEVICE_QUALIFIER (device can't
|
||||
handle device_qualifier descriptor
|
||||
requests);
|
||||
j = USB_QUIRK_IGNORE_REMOTE_WAKEUP (device
|
||||
generates spurious wakeup, ignore
|
||||
remote wakeup capability);
|
||||
k = USB_QUIRK_NO_LPM (device can't handle Link
|
||||
Power Management);
|
||||
l = USB_QUIRK_LINEAR_FRAME_INTR_BINTERVAL
|
||||
(Device reports its bInterval as linear
|
||||
frames instead of the USB 2.0
|
||||
calculation);
|
||||
m = USB_QUIRK_DISCONNECT_SUSPEND (Device needs
|
||||
to be disconnected before suspend to
|
||||
prevent spurious wakeup);
|
||||
n = USB_QUIRK_DELAY_CTRL_MSG (Device needs a
|
||||
pause after every control message);
|
||||
Example: quirks=0781:5580:bk,0a5c:5834:gij
|
||||
|
||||
usbhid.mousepoll=
|
||||
[USBHID] The interval which mice are to be polled at.
|
||||
|
||||
usbhid.jspoll=
|
||||
[USBHID] The interval which joysticks are to be polled at.
|
||||
|
||||
usbhid.kbpoll=
|
||||
[USBHID] The interval which keyboards are to be polled at.
|
||||
|
||||
usb-storage.delay_use=
|
||||
[UMS] The delay in seconds before a new device is
|
||||
scanned for Logical Units (default 1).
|
||||
|
@ -180,11 +180,11 @@ Public keys in the kernel
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
|
||||
The kernel contains a ring of public keys that can be viewed by root. They're
|
||||
in a keyring called ".system_keyring" that can be seen by::
|
||||
in a keyring called ".builtin_trusted_keys" that can be seen by::
|
||||
|
||||
[root@deneb ~]# cat /proc/keys
|
||||
...
|
||||
223c7853 I------ 1 perm 1f030000 0 0 keyring .system_keyring: 1
|
||||
223c7853 I------ 1 perm 1f030000 0 0 keyring .builtin_trusted_keys: 1
|
||||
302d2d52 I------ 1 perm 1f010000 0 0 asymmetri Fedora kernel signing key: d69a84e6bce3d216b979e9505b3e3ef9a7118079: X509.RSA a7118079 []
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
@ -197,15 +197,15 @@ add those in also (e.g. from the UEFI key database).
|
||||
|
||||
Finally, it is possible to add additional public keys by doing::
|
||||
|
||||
keyctl padd asymmetric "" [.system_keyring-ID] <[key-file]
|
||||
keyctl padd asymmetric "" [.builtin_trusted_keys-ID] <[key-file]
|
||||
|
||||
e.g.::
|
||||
|
||||
keyctl padd asymmetric "" 0x223c7853 <my_public_key.x509
|
||||
|
||||
Note, however, that the kernel will only permit keys to be added to
|
||||
``.system_keyring _if_`` the new key's X.509 wrapper is validly signed by a key
|
||||
that is already resident in the .system_keyring at the time the key was added.
|
||||
``.builtin_trusted_keys`` **if** the new key's X.509 wrapper is validly signed by a key
|
||||
that is already resident in the ``.builtin_trusted_keys`` at the time the key was added.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
@ -29,18 +29,20 @@ made public.
|
||||
Disclosure
|
||||
----------
|
||||
|
||||
The goal of the Linux kernel security team is to work with the
|
||||
bug submitter to bug resolution as well as disclosure. We prefer
|
||||
to fully disclose the bug as soon as possible. It is reasonable to
|
||||
delay disclosure when the bug or the fix is not yet fully understood,
|
||||
the solution is not well-tested or for vendor coordination. However, we
|
||||
expect these delays to be short, measurable in days, not weeks or months.
|
||||
A disclosure date is negotiated by the security team working with the
|
||||
bug submitter as well as vendors. However, the kernel security team
|
||||
holds the final say when setting a disclosure date. The timeframe for
|
||||
disclosure is from immediate (esp. if it's already publicly known)
|
||||
The goal of the Linux kernel security team is to work with the bug
|
||||
submitter to understand and fix the bug. We prefer to publish the fix as
|
||||
soon as possible, but try to avoid public discussion of the bug itself
|
||||
and leave that to others.
|
||||
|
||||
Publishing the fix may be delayed when the bug or the fix is not yet
|
||||
fully understood, the solution is not well-tested or for vendor
|
||||
coordination. However, we expect these delays to be short, measurable in
|
||||
days, not weeks or months. A release date is negotiated by the security
|
||||
team working with the bug submitter as well as vendors. However, the
|
||||
kernel security team holds the final say when setting a timeframe. The
|
||||
timeframe varies from immediate (esp. if it's already publicly known bug)
|
||||
to a few weeks. As a basic default policy, we expect report date to
|
||||
disclosure date to be on the order of 7 days.
|
||||
release date to be on the order of 7 days.
|
||||
|
||||
Coordination
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
@ -6,34 +6,34 @@ counter. This indicates that the kernel has been tainted by some
|
||||
mechanism. The string is followed by a series of position-sensitive
|
||||
characters, each representing a particular tainted value.
|
||||
|
||||
1) 'G' if all modules loaded have a GPL or compatible license, 'P' if
|
||||
1) ``G`` if all modules loaded have a GPL or compatible license, ``P`` if
|
||||
any proprietary module has been loaded. Modules without a
|
||||
MODULE_LICENSE or with a MODULE_LICENSE that is not recognised by
|
||||
insmod as GPL compatible are assumed to be proprietary.
|
||||
|
||||
2) ``F`` if any module was force loaded by ``insmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
|
||||
2) ``F`` if any module was force loaded by ``insmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
|
||||
modules were loaded normally.
|
||||
|
||||
3) ``S`` if the oops occurred on an SMP kernel running on hardware that
|
||||
3) ``S`` if the oops occurred on an SMP kernel running on hardware that
|
||||
hasn't been certified as safe to run multiprocessor.
|
||||
Currently this occurs only on various Athlons that are not
|
||||
SMP capable.
|
||||
|
||||
4) ``R`` if a module was force unloaded by ``rmmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
|
||||
4) ``R`` if a module was force unloaded by ``rmmod -f``, ``' '`` if all
|
||||
modules were unloaded normally.
|
||||
|
||||
5) ``M`` if any processor has reported a Machine Check Exception,
|
||||
5) ``M`` if any processor has reported a Machine Check Exception,
|
||||
``' '`` if no Machine Check Exceptions have occurred.
|
||||
|
||||
6) ``B`` if a page-release function has found a bad page reference or
|
||||
6) ``B`` if a page-release function has found a bad page reference or
|
||||
some unexpected page flags.
|
||||
|
||||
7) ``U`` if a user or user application specifically requested that the
|
||||
7) ``U`` if a user or user application specifically requested that the
|
||||
Tainted flag be set, ``' '`` otherwise.
|
||||
|
||||
8) ``D`` if the kernel has died recently, i.e. there was an OOPS or BUG.
|
||||
8) ``D`` if the kernel has died recently, i.e. there was an OOPS or BUG.
|
||||
|
||||
9) ``A`` if the ACPI table has been overridden.
|
||||
9) ``A`` if the ACPI table has been overridden.
|
||||
|
||||
10) ``W`` if a warning has previously been issued by the kernel.
|
||||
(Though some warnings may set more specific taint flags.)
|
||||
|
@ -21,11 +21,11 @@ vulnerable to DMA attacks.
|
||||
Security levels and how to use them
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
Starting with Intel Falcon Ridge Thunderbolt controller there are 4
|
||||
security levels available. The reason for these is the fact that the
|
||||
connected devices can be DMA masters and thus read contents of the host
|
||||
memory without CPU and OS knowing about it. There are ways to prevent
|
||||
this by setting up an IOMMU but it is not always available for various
|
||||
reasons.
|
||||
security levels available. Intel Titan Ridge added one more security level
|
||||
(usbonly). The reason for these is the fact that the connected devices can
|
||||
be DMA masters and thus read contents of the host memory without CPU and OS
|
||||
knowing about it. There are ways to prevent this by setting up an IOMMU but
|
||||
it is not always available for various reasons.
|
||||
|
||||
The security levels are as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -52,6 +52,11 @@ The security levels are as follows:
|
||||
USB. No PCIe tunneling is done. In BIOS settings this is
|
||||
typically called *Display Port Only*.
|
||||
|
||||
usbonly
|
||||
The firmware automatically creates tunnels for the USB controller and
|
||||
Display Port in a dock. All PCIe links downstream of the dock are
|
||||
removed.
|
||||
|
||||
The current security level can be read from
|
||||
``/sys/bus/thunderbolt/devices/domainX/security`` where ``domainX`` is
|
||||
the Thunderbolt domain the host controller manages. There is typically
|
||||
|
@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
|
||||
ARM Atmel SoCs (aka AT91)
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
This document gives useful information about the ARM Atmel SoCs that are
|
||||
currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org).
|
||||
|
||||
It is important to note that the Atmel | SMART ARM-based MPU product line is
|
||||
historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel development
|
||||
process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from the
|
||||
official Atmel product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees,
|
||||
git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AT91 SoCs
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on
|
||||
the Atmel website: http://www.atmel.com.
|
||||
|
||||
Flavors:
|
||||
* ARM 920 based SoC
|
||||
- at91rm9200
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc1768.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM 926 based SoCs
|
||||
- at91sam9260
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6221.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9xe
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9261
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6062.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9263
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_6249_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9rl
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6289.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9g20
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/doc6384.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9g45 family
|
||||
- at91sam9g45
|
||||
- at91sam9g46
|
||||
- at91sam9m10
|
||||
- at91sam9m11 (device superset)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series")
|
||||
- at91sam9g15
|
||||
- at91sam9g25
|
||||
- at91sam9g35
|
||||
- at91sam9x25
|
||||
- at91sam9x35
|
||||
+ Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family)
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11055_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9n12
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel_11063_32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller_SAM9N12CN11CN12_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs
|
||||
- sama5d3 family
|
||||
- sama5d31
|
||||
- sama5d33
|
||||
- sama5d34
|
||||
- sama5d35
|
||||
- sama5d36 (device superset)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs
|
||||
- sama5d4 family
|
||||
- sama5d41
|
||||
- sama5d42
|
||||
- sama5d43
|
||||
- sama5d44 (device superset)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11238-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D4_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- sama5d2 family
|
||||
- sama5d21
|
||||
- sama5d22
|
||||
- sama5d23
|
||||
- sama5d24
|
||||
- sama5d26
|
||||
- sama5d27 (device superset)
|
||||
- sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11267-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D2_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs
|
||||
- sams70 family
|
||||
- sams70j19
|
||||
- sams70j20
|
||||
- sams70j21
|
||||
- sams70n19
|
||||
- sams70n20
|
||||
- sams70n21
|
||||
- sams70q19
|
||||
- sams70q20
|
||||
- sams70q21
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11242-32-bit-Cortex-M7-Microcontroller-SAM-S70Q-SAM-S70N-SAM-S70J_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- samv70 family
|
||||
- samv70j19
|
||||
- samv70j20
|
||||
- samv70n19
|
||||
- samv70n20
|
||||
- samv70q19
|
||||
- samv70q20
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-11297-32-bit-Cortex-M7-Microcontroller-SAM-V70Q-SAM-V70N-SAM-V70J_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- samv71 family
|
||||
- samv71j19
|
||||
- samv71j20
|
||||
- samv71j21
|
||||
- samv71n19
|
||||
- samv71n20
|
||||
- samv71n21
|
||||
- samv71q19
|
||||
- samv71q20
|
||||
- samv71q21
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://www.atmel.com/Images/Atmel-44003-32-bit-Cortex-M7-Microcontroller-SAM-V71Q-SAM-V71N-SAM-V71J_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
Linux kernel information
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91
|
||||
MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/ATMEL AT91RM9200 AND AT91SAM ARM ARCHITECTURES"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products
|
||||
must use this method to boot the Linux kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Work In Progress statement:
|
||||
Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are
|
||||
considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at
|
||||
any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from
|
||||
the same source tree.
|
||||
Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a
|
||||
definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI.
|
||||
This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
Naming conventions and best practice:
|
||||
- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of
|
||||
the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance).
|
||||
- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be
|
||||
shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance).
|
||||
When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to
|
||||
be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi
|
||||
or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example).
|
||||
- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so
|
||||
that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions
|
||||
to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example).
|
169
Documentation/arm/Microchip/README
Normal file
169
Documentation/arm/Microchip/README
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
||||
ARM Microchip SoCs (aka AT91)
|
||||
=============================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
This document gives useful information about the ARM Microchip SoCs that are
|
||||
currently supported in Linux Mainline (you know, the one on kernel.org).
|
||||
|
||||
It is important to note that the Microchip (previously Atmel) ARM-based MPU
|
||||
product line is historically named "AT91" or "at91" throughout the Linux kernel
|
||||
development process even if this product prefix has completely disappeared from
|
||||
the official Microchip product name. Anyway, files, directories, git trees,
|
||||
git branches/tags and email subject always contain this "at91" sub-string.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
AT91 SoCs
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Documentation and detailed datasheet for each product are available on
|
||||
the Microchip website: http://www.microchip.com.
|
||||
|
||||
Flavors:
|
||||
* ARM 920 based SoC
|
||||
- at91rm9200
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-1768-32-bit-ARM920T-Embedded-Microprocessor-AT91RM9200_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM 926 based SoCs
|
||||
- at91sam9260
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6221-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9260_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9xe
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6254-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9XE_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9261
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6062-ARM926EJ-S-Microprocessor-SAM9261_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9263
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6249-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9263_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9rl
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/doc6289.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9g20
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001516A.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9g45 family
|
||||
- at91sam9g45
|
||||
- at91sam9g46
|
||||
- at91sam9m10
|
||||
- at91sam9m11 (device superset)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-6437-32-bit-ARM926-Embedded-Microprocessor-SAM9M11_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9x5 family (aka "The 5 series")
|
||||
- at91sam9g15
|
||||
- at91sam9g25
|
||||
- at91sam9g35
|
||||
- at91sam9x25
|
||||
- at91sam9x35
|
||||
+ Datasheet (can be considered as covering the whole family)
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11055-32-bit-ARM926EJ-S-Microcontroller-SAM9X35_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- at91sam9n12
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001517A.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM Cortex-A5 based SoCs
|
||||
- sama5d3 family
|
||||
- sama5d31
|
||||
- sama5d33
|
||||
- sama5d34
|
||||
- sama5d35
|
||||
- sama5d36 (device superset)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/Atmel-11121-32-bit-Cortex-A5-Microcontroller-SAMA5D3_Datasheet.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM Cortex-A5 + NEON based SoCs
|
||||
- sama5d4 family
|
||||
- sama5d41
|
||||
- sama5d42
|
||||
- sama5d43
|
||||
- sama5d44 (device superset)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001525A.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
- sama5d2 family
|
||||
- sama5d21
|
||||
- sama5d22
|
||||
- sama5d23
|
||||
- sama5d24
|
||||
- sama5d26
|
||||
- sama5d27 (device superset)
|
||||
- sama5d28 (device superset + environmental monitors)
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/DS60001476B.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
* ARM Cortex-M7 MCUs
|
||||
- sams70 family
|
||||
- sams70j19
|
||||
- sams70j20
|
||||
- sams70j21
|
||||
- sams70n19
|
||||
- sams70n20
|
||||
- sams70n21
|
||||
- sams70q19
|
||||
- sams70q20
|
||||
- sams70q21
|
||||
|
||||
- samv70 family
|
||||
- samv70j19
|
||||
- samv70j20
|
||||
- samv70n19
|
||||
- samv70n20
|
||||
- samv70q19
|
||||
- samv70q20
|
||||
|
||||
- samv71 family
|
||||
- samv71j19
|
||||
- samv71j20
|
||||
- samv71j21
|
||||
- samv71n19
|
||||
- samv71n20
|
||||
- samv71n21
|
||||
- samv71q19
|
||||
- samv71q20
|
||||
- samv71q21
|
||||
|
||||
+ Datasheet
|
||||
http://ww1.microchip.com/downloads/en/DeviceDoc/60001527A.pdf
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Linux kernel information
|
||||
------------------------
|
||||
Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-at91
|
||||
MAINTAINERS entry is: "ARM/Microchip (AT91) SoC support"
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Device Tree for AT91 SoCs and boards
|
||||
------------------------------------
|
||||
All AT91 SoCs are converted to Device Tree. Since Linux 3.19, these products
|
||||
must use this method to boot the Linux kernel.
|
||||
|
||||
Work In Progress statement:
|
||||
Device Tree files and Device Tree bindings that apply to AT91 SoCs and boards are
|
||||
considered as "Unstable". To be completely clear, any at91 binding can change at
|
||||
any time. So, be sure to use a Device Tree Binary and a Kernel Image generated from
|
||||
the same source tree.
|
||||
Please refer to the Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt file for a
|
||||
definition of a "Stable" binding/ABI.
|
||||
This statement will be removed by AT91 MAINTAINERS when appropriate.
|
||||
|
||||
Naming conventions and best practice:
|
||||
- SoCs Device Tree Source Include files are named after the official name of
|
||||
the product (at91sam9g20.dtsi or sama5d33.dtsi for instance).
|
||||
- Device Tree Source Include files (.dtsi) are used to collect common nodes that can be
|
||||
shared across SoCs or boards (sama5d3.dtsi or at91sam9x5cm.dtsi for instance).
|
||||
When collecting nodes for a particular peripheral or topic, the identifier have to
|
||||
be placed at the end of the file name, separated with a "_" (at91sam9x5_can.dtsi
|
||||
or sama5d3_gmac.dtsi for example).
|
||||
- board Device Tree Source files (.dts) are prefixed by the string "at91-" so
|
||||
that they can be identified easily. Note that some files are historical exceptions
|
||||
to this rule (sama5d3[13456]ek.dts, usb_a9g20.dts or animeo_ip.dts for example).
|
@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ NAND
|
||||
----
|
||||
|
||||
The NAND hardware is similar to the S3C2440, and is supported by the
|
||||
s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand directory.
|
||||
s3c2410 driver in the drivers/mtd/nand/raw directory.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
USB Host
|
||||
|
34
Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst
Normal file
34
Documentation/arm/stm32/overview.rst
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
========================
|
||||
STM32 ARM Linux Overview
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The STMicroelectronics STM32 family of Cortex-A microprocessors (MPUs) and
|
||||
Cortex-M microcontrollers (MCUs) are supported by the 'STM32' platform of
|
||||
ARM Linux.
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
For MCUs, use the provided default configuration:
|
||||
make stm32_defconfig
|
||||
For MPUs, use multi_v7 configuration:
|
||||
make multi_v7_defconfig
|
||||
|
||||
Layout
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code
|
||||
contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32
|
||||
|
||||
There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
|
||||
Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with
|
||||
Device Trees.
|
||||
|
||||
:Authors:
|
||||
|
||||
- Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
|
||||
- Ludovic Barre <ludovic.barre@st.com>
|
||||
- Gerald Baeza <gerald.baeza@st.com>
|
@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
|
||||
STM32 ARM Linux Overview
|
||||
========================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The STMicroelectronics family of Cortex-M based MCUs are supported by the
|
||||
'STM32' platform of ARM Linux. Currently only the STM32F429 (Cortex-M4)
|
||||
and STM32F746 (Cortex-M7) are supported.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Configuration
|
||||
-------------
|
||||
|
||||
A generic configuration is provided for STM32 family, and can be used as the
|
||||
default by
|
||||
make stm32_defconfig
|
||||
|
||||
Layout
|
||||
------
|
||||
|
||||
All the files for multiple machine families are located in the platform code
|
||||
contained in arch/arm/mach-stm32
|
||||
|
||||
There is a generic board board-dt.c in the mach folder which support
|
||||
Flattened Device Tree, which means, it works with any compatible board with
|
||||
Device Trees.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Document Author
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
|
||||
Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
|
26
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst
Normal file
26
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f429-overview.rst
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
|
||||
STM32F429 Overview
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
|
||||
- ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU
|
||||
- 2MB internal Flash Memory
|
||||
- External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND)
|
||||
- I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers
|
||||
- LCD controller & Camera interface
|
||||
- Cryptographic processor
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F429_).
|
||||
|
||||
.. _STM32F429: http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013
|
||||
|
||||
:Authors:
|
||||
|
||||
Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
|
@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
|
||||
STM32F429 Overview
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
The STM32F429 is a Cortex-M4 MCU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
- ARM Cortex-M4 up to 180MHz with FPU
|
||||
- 2MB internal Flash Memory
|
||||
- External memory support through FMC controller (PSRAM, SDRAM, NOR, NAND)
|
||||
- I2C, SPI, SAI, CAN, USB OTG, Ethernet controllers
|
||||
- LCD controller & Camera interface
|
||||
- Cryptographic processor
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website:
|
||||
- http://www.st.com/web/en/catalog/mmc/FM141/SC1169/SS1577/LN1806?ecmp=stm32f429-439_pron_pr-ces2014_nov2013
|
||||
|
||||
Document Author
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Maxime Coquelin <mcoquelin.stm32@gmail.com>
|
33
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst
Normal file
33
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f746-overview.rst
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
STM32F746 Overview
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The STM32F746 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
|
||||
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
|
||||
- 1MB internal flash, 320KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
|
||||
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
|
||||
- Dual mode QSPI
|
||||
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
|
||||
- Ethernet controller
|
||||
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
|
||||
- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
|
||||
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
|
||||
- Serial Audio interface
|
||||
- LCD controller
|
||||
- HDMI-CEC
|
||||
- SPDIFRX
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F746_).
|
||||
|
||||
.. _STM32F746: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html
|
||||
|
||||
:Authors:
|
||||
|
||||
Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
|
@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
|
||||
STM32F746 Overview
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
The STM32F746 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
|
||||
- 1MB internal flash, 320KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
|
||||
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
|
||||
- Dual mode QSPI
|
||||
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
|
||||
- Ethernet controller
|
||||
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
|
||||
- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
|
||||
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
|
||||
- Serial Audio interface
|
||||
- LCD controller
|
||||
- HDMI-CEC
|
||||
- SPDIFRX
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website:
|
||||
- http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x6/stm32f746ng.html
|
||||
|
||||
Document Author
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
35
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst
Normal file
35
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32f769-overview.rst
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
|
||||
STM32F769 Overview
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The STM32F769 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
|
||||
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @216MHz
|
||||
- 2MB internal flash, 512KBytes internal RAM (+4KB of backup SRAM)
|
||||
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
|
||||
- Dual mode QSPI
|
||||
- SD/MMC/SDIO support*2
|
||||
- Ethernet controller
|
||||
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
|
||||
- I2C*4, SPI*6, CAN*3 busses support
|
||||
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
|
||||
- Serial Audio interface*2
|
||||
- LCD controller
|
||||
- HDMI-CEC
|
||||
- DSI
|
||||
- SPDIFRX
|
||||
- MDIO salave interface
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32F769_).
|
||||
|
||||
.. _STM32F769: http://www.st.com/content/st_com/en/products/microcontrollers/stm32-32-bit-arm-cortex-mcus/stm32-high-performance-mcus/stm32f7-series/stm32f7x9/stm32f769ni.html
|
||||
|
||||
:Authors:
|
||||
|
||||
Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
|
34
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst
Normal file
34
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32h743-overview.rst
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
|
||||
STM32H743 Overview
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The STM32H743 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
|
||||
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @400MHz
|
||||
- 2MB internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
|
||||
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
|
||||
- Dual mode QSPI
|
||||
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
|
||||
- Ethernet controller
|
||||
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
|
||||
- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
|
||||
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
|
||||
- Serial Audio interface
|
||||
- LCD controller
|
||||
- HDMI-CEC
|
||||
- SPDIFRX
|
||||
- DFSDM
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website (STM32H743_).
|
||||
|
||||
.. _STM32H743: http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033
|
||||
|
||||
:Authors:
|
||||
|
||||
Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
|
@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
|
||||
STM32H743 Overview
|
||||
==================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
The STM32H743 is a Cortex-M7 MCU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
- Cortex-M7 core running up to @400MHz
|
||||
- 2MB internal flash, 1MBytes internal RAM
|
||||
- FMC controller to connect SDRAM, NOR and NAND memories
|
||||
- Dual mode QSPI
|
||||
- SD/MMC/SDIO support
|
||||
- Ethernet controller
|
||||
- USB OTFG FS & HS controllers
|
||||
- I2C, SPI, CAN busses support
|
||||
- Several 16 & 32 bits general purpose timers
|
||||
- Serial Audio interface
|
||||
- LCD controller
|
||||
- HDMI-CEC
|
||||
- SPDIFRX
|
||||
- DFSDM
|
||||
|
||||
Resources
|
||||
---------
|
||||
Datasheet and reference manual are publicly available on ST website:
|
||||
- http://www.st.com/en/microcontrollers/stm32h7x3.html?querycriteria=productId=LN2033
|
||||
|
||||
Document Author
|
||||
---------------
|
||||
Alexandre Torgue <alexandre.torgue@st.com>
|
19
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst
Normal file
19
Documentation/arm/stm32/stm32mp157-overview.rst
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
|
||||
STM32MP157 Overview
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
||||
Introduction
|
||||
------------
|
||||
|
||||
The STM32MP157 is a Cortex-A MPU aimed at various applications.
|
||||
It features:
|
||||
|
||||
- Dual core Cortex-A7 application core
|
||||
- 2D/3D image composition with GPU
|
||||
- Standard memories interface support
|
||||
- Standard connectivity, widely inherited from the STM32 MCU family
|
||||
- Comprehensive security support
|
||||
|
||||
:Authors:
|
||||
|
||||
- Ludovic Barre <ludovic.barre@st.com>
|
||||
- Gerald Baeza <gerald.baeza@st.com>
|
@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ infrastructure:
|
||||
x--------------------------------------------------x
|
||||
| Name | bits | visible |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| RES0 | [63-52] | n |
|
||||
| TS | [55-52] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| FHM | [51-48] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
@ -124,8 +124,6 @@ infrastructure:
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| RDM | [31-28] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| RES0 | [27-24] | n |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| ATOMICS | [23-20] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| CRC32 | [19-16] | y |
|
||||
@ -135,8 +133,6 @@ infrastructure:
|
||||
| SHA1 | [11-8] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| AES | [7-4] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| RES0 | [3-0] | n |
|
||||
x--------------------------------------------------x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -144,12 +140,10 @@ infrastructure:
|
||||
x--------------------------------------------------x
|
||||
| Name | bits | visible |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| RES0 | [63-36] | n |
|
||||
| DIT | [51-48] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| SVE | [35-32] | y |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| RES0 | [31-28] | n |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| GIC | [27-24] | n |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| AdvSIMD | [23-20] | y |
|
||||
@ -199,6 +193,14 @@ infrastructure:
|
||||
| DPB | [3-0] | y |
|
||||
x--------------------------------------------------x
|
||||
|
||||
5) ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1 - Memory model feature register 2
|
||||
|
||||
x--------------------------------------------------x
|
||||
| Name | bits | visible |
|
||||
|--------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
| AT | [35-32] | y |
|
||||
x--------------------------------------------------x
|
||||
|
||||
Appendix I: Example
|
||||
---------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -162,3 +162,19 @@ HWCAP_SVE
|
||||
HWCAP_ASIMDFHM
|
||||
|
||||
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.FHM == 0b0001.
|
||||
|
||||
HWCAP_DIT
|
||||
|
||||
Functionality implied by ID_AA64PFR0_EL1.DIT == 0b0001.
|
||||
|
||||
HWCAP_USCAT
|
||||
|
||||
Functionality implied by ID_AA64MMFR2_EL1.AT == 0b0001.
|
||||
|
||||
HWCAP_ILRCPC
|
||||
|
||||
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISR1_EL1.LRCPC == 0b0002.
|
||||
|
||||
HWCAP_FLAGM
|
||||
|
||||
Functionality implied by ID_AA64ISAR0_EL1.TS == 0b0001.
|
||||
|
@ -86,9 +86,12 @@ Translation table lookup with 64KB pages:
|
||||
+-------------------------------------------------> [63] TTBR0/1
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
When using KVM without the Virtualization Host Extensions, the hypervisor
|
||||
maps kernel pages in EL2 at a fixed offset from the kernel VA. See the
|
||||
kern_hyp_va macro for more details.
|
||||
When using KVM without the Virtualization Host Extensions, the
|
||||
hypervisor maps kernel pages in EL2 at a fixed (and potentially
|
||||
random) offset from the linear mapping. See the kern_hyp_va macro and
|
||||
kvm_update_va_mask function for more details. MMIO devices such as
|
||||
GICv2 gets mapped next to the HYP idmap page, as do vectors when
|
||||
ARM64_HARDEN_EL2_VECTORS is selected for particular CPUs.
|
||||
|
||||
When using KVM with the Virtualization Host Extensions, no additional
|
||||
mappings are created, since the host kernel runs directly in EL2.
|
||||
|
@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ stable kernels.
|
||||
| ARM | Cortex-A57 | #834220 | ARM64_ERRATUM_834220 |
|
||||
| ARM | Cortex-A72 | #853709 | N/A |
|
||||
| ARM | Cortex-A73 | #858921 | ARM64_ERRATUM_858921 |
|
||||
| ARM | Cortex-A55 | #1024718 | ARM64_ERRATUM_1024718 |
|
||||
| ARM | MMU-500 | #841119,#826419 | N/A |
|
||||
| | | | |
|
||||
| Cavium | ThunderX ITS | #22375, #24313 | CAVIUM_ERRATUM_22375 |
|
||||
|
@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
|
||||
00-INDEX
|
||||
- This file
|
||||
bfin-gpio-notes.txt
|
||||
- Notes in developing/using bfin-gpio driver.
|
||||
bfin-spi-notes.txt
|
||||
- Notes for using bfin spi bus driver.
|
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
* File: Documentation/blackfin/bfin-gpio-notes.txt
|
||||
* Based on:
|
||||
* Author:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Created: $Id: bfin-gpio-note.txt 2008-11-24 16:42 grafyang $
|
||||
* Description: This file contains the notes in developing/using bfin-gpio.
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Rev:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Modified:
|
||||
* Copyright 2004-2008 Analog Devices Inc.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Bugs: Enter bugs at http://blackfin.uclinux.org/
|
||||
*
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
1. Blackfin GPIO introduction
|
||||
|
||||
There are many GPIO pins on Blackfin. Most of these pins are muxed to
|
||||
multi-functions. They can be configured as peripheral, or just as GPIO,
|
||||
configured to input with interrupt enabled, or output.
|
||||
|
||||
For detailed information, please see "arch/blackfin/kernel/bfin_gpio.c",
|
||||
or the relevant HRM.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
2. Avoiding resource conflict
|
||||
|
||||
Followed function groups are used to avoiding resource conflict,
|
||||
- Use the pin as peripheral,
|
||||
int peripheral_request(unsigned short per, const char *label);
|
||||
int peripheral_request_list(const unsigned short per[], const char *label);
|
||||
void peripheral_free(unsigned short per);
|
||||
void peripheral_free_list(const unsigned short per[]);
|
||||
- Use the pin as GPIO,
|
||||
int bfin_gpio_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label);
|
||||
void bfin_gpio_free(unsigned gpio);
|
||||
- Use the pin as GPIO interrupt,
|
||||
int bfin_gpio_irq_request(unsigned gpio, const char *label);
|
||||
void bfin_gpio_irq_free(unsigned gpio);
|
||||
|
||||
The request functions will record the function state for a certain pin,
|
||||
the free functions will clear its function state.
|
||||
Once a pin is requested, it can't be requested again before it is freed by
|
||||
previous caller, otherwise kernel will dump stacks, and the request
|
||||
function fail.
|
||||
These functions are wrapped by other functions, most of the users need not
|
||||
care.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
3. But there are some exceptions
|
||||
- Kernel permit the identical GPIO be requested both as GPIO and GPIO
|
||||
interrupt.
|
||||
Some drivers, like gpio-keys, need this behavior. Kernel only print out
|
||||
warning messages like,
|
||||
bfin-gpio: GPIO 24 is already reserved by gpio-keys: BTN0, and you are
|
||||
configuring it as IRQ!
|
||||
|
||||
Note: Consider the case that, if there are two drivers need the
|
||||
identical GPIO, one of them use it as GPIO, the other use it as
|
||||
GPIO interrupt. This will really cause resource conflict. So if
|
||||
there is any abnormal driver behavior, please check the bfin-gpio
|
||||
warning messages.
|
||||
|
||||
- Kernel permit the identical GPIO be requested from the same driver twice.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -1,16 +0,0 @@
|
||||
SPI Chip Select behavior:
|
||||
|
||||
With the Blackfin on-chip SPI peripheral, there is some logic tied to the CPHA
|
||||
bit whether the Slave Select Line is controlled by hardware (CPHA=0) or
|
||||
controlled by software (CPHA=1). However, the Linux SPI bus driver assumes that
|
||||
the Slave Select is always under software control and being asserted during
|
||||
the entire SPI transfer. - And not just bits_per_word duration.
|
||||
|
||||
In most cases you can utilize SPI MODE_3 instead of MODE_0 to work-around this
|
||||
behavior. If your SPI slave device in question requires SPI MODE_0 or MODE_2
|
||||
timing, you can utilize the GPIO controlled SPI Slave Select option instead.
|
||||
In this case, you should use GPIO based CS for all of your slaves and not just
|
||||
the ones using mode 0 or 2 in order to guarantee correct CS toggling behavior.
|
||||
|
||||
You can even use the same pin whose peripheral role is a SSEL,
|
||||
but use it as a GPIO instead.
|
@ -539,6 +539,18 @@ A: Although LLVM IR generation and optimization try to stay architecture
|
||||
The clang option "-fno-jump-tables" can be used to disable
|
||||
switch table generation.
|
||||
|
||||
- For clang -target bpf, it is guaranteed that pointer or long /
|
||||
unsigned long types will always have a width of 64 bit, no matter
|
||||
whether underlying clang binary or default target (or kernel) is
|
||||
32 bit. However, when native clang target is used, then it will
|
||||
compile these types based on the underlying architecture's conventions,
|
||||
meaning in case of 32 bit architecture, pointer or long / unsigned
|
||||
long types e.g. in BPF context structure will have width of 32 bit
|
||||
while the BPF LLVM back end still operates in 64 bit. The native
|
||||
target is mostly needed in tracing for the case of walking pt_regs
|
||||
or other kernel structures where CPU's register width matters.
|
||||
Otherwise, clang -target bpf is generally recommended.
|
||||
|
||||
You should use default target when:
|
||||
|
||||
- Your program includes a header file, e.g., ptrace.h, which eventually
|
||||
|
@ -234,6 +234,7 @@ struct& cdrom_device_ops\ \{ \hidewidth\cr
|
||||
&int& (* open)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int)\cr
|
||||
&void& (* release)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *);\cr
|
||||
&int& (* drive_status)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr
|
||||
&unsigned\ int& (* check_events)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, unsigned\ int, int);\cr
|
||||
&int& (* media_changed)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr
|
||||
&int& (* tray_move)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr
|
||||
&int& (* lock_door)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, int);\cr
|
||||
@ -245,10 +246,9 @@ struct& cdrom_device_ops\ \{ \hidewidth\cr
|
||||
&int& (* reset)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *);\cr
|
||||
&int& (* audio_ioctl)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, unsigned\ int,
|
||||
void *{});\cr
|
||||
&int& (* dev_ioctl)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, unsigned\ int,
|
||||
unsigned\ long);\cr
|
||||
\noalign{\medskip}
|
||||
&const\ int& capability;& capability flags \cr
|
||||
&int& (* generic_packet)(struct\ cdrom_device_info *, struct\ packet_command *{});\cr
|
||||
\};\cr
|
||||
}
|
||||
$$
|
||||
@ -274,19 +274,32 @@ $$
|
||||
\halign{$#$\ \hfil&$#$\ \hfil&\hbox to 10em{$#$\hss}&
|
||||
$/*$ \rm# $*/$\hfil\cr
|
||||
struct& cdrom_device_info\ \{ \hidewidth\cr
|
||||
& struct\ cdrom_device_ops *& ops;& device operations for this major\cr
|
||||
& struct\ cdrom_device_info *& next;& next device_info for this major\cr
|
||||
& const\ struct\ cdrom_device_ops *& ops;& device operations for this major\cr
|
||||
& struct\ list_head& list;& linked list of all device_info\cr
|
||||
& struct\ gendisk *& disk;& matching block layer disk\cr
|
||||
& void *& handle;& driver-dependent data\cr
|
||||
\noalign{\medskip}
|
||||
& kdev_t& dev;& device number (incorporates minor)\cr
|
||||
& int& mask;& mask of capability: disables them \cr
|
||||
& int& speed;& maximum speed for reading data \cr
|
||||
& int& capacity;& number of discs in a jukebox \cr
|
||||
\noalign{\medskip}
|
||||
&int& options : 30;& options flags \cr
|
||||
&unsigned\ int& options : 30;& options flags \cr
|
||||
&unsigned& mc_flags : 2;& media-change buffer flags \cr
|
||||
&unsigned\ int& vfs_events;& cached events for vfs path\cr
|
||||
&unsigned\ int& ioctl_events;& cached events for ioctl path\cr
|
||||
& int& use_count;& number of times device is opened\cr
|
||||
& char& name[20];& name of the device type\cr
|
||||
\noalign{\medskip}
|
||||
&__u8& sanyo_slot : 2;& Sanyo 3-CD changer support\cr
|
||||
&__u8& keeplocked : 1;& CDROM_LOCKDOOR status\cr
|
||||
&__u8& reserved : 5;& not used yet\cr
|
||||
& int& cdda_method;& see CDDA_* flags\cr
|
||||
&__u8& last_sense;& saves last sense key\cr
|
||||
&__u8& media_written;& dirty flag, DVD+RW bookkeeping\cr
|
||||
&unsigned\ short& mmc3_profile;& current MMC3 profile\cr
|
||||
& int& for_data;& unknown:TBD\cr
|
||||
& int\ (* exit)\ (struct\ cdrom_device_info *);&& unknown:TBD\cr
|
||||
& int& mrw_mode_page;& which MRW mode page is in use\cr
|
||||
\}\cr
|
||||
}$$
|
||||
Using this $struct$, a linked list of the registered minor devices is
|
||||
@ -298,9 +311,7 @@ The $mask$ flags can be used to mask out some of the capabilities listed
|
||||
in $ops\to capability$, if a specific drive doesn't support a feature
|
||||
of the driver. The value $speed$ specifies the maximum head-rate of the
|
||||
drive, measured in units of normal audio speed (176\,kB/sec raw data or
|
||||
150\,kB/sec file system data). The value $n_discs$ should reflect the
|
||||
number of discs the drive can hold simultaneously, if it is designed
|
||||
as a juke-box, or otherwise~1. The parameters are declared $const$
|
||||
150\,kB/sec file system data). The parameters are declared $const$
|
||||
because they describe properties of the drive, which don't change after
|
||||
registration.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -1002,7 +1013,7 @@ taken over the torch in maintaining \cdromc\ and integrating much
|
||||
\cdrom-related code in the 2.1-kernel. Thanks to Scott Snyder and
|
||||
Gerd Knorr, who were the first to implement this interface for SCSI
|
||||
and IDE-CD drivers and added many ideas for extension of the data
|
||||
structures relative to kernel~2.0. Further thanks to Heiko Ei{\sz}feldt,
|
||||
structures relative to kernel~2.0. Further thanks to Heiko Ei{\ss}feldt,
|
||||
Thomas Quinot, Jon Tombs, Ken Pizzini, Eberhard M\"onkeberg and Andrew
|
||||
Kroll, the \linux\ \cdrom\ device driver developers who were kind
|
||||
enough to give suggestions and criticisms during the writing. Finally
|
||||
|
@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ When oom event notifier is registered, event will be delivered.
|
||||
2.6 Locking
|
||||
|
||||
lock_page_cgroup()/unlock_page_cgroup() should not be called under
|
||||
mapping->tree_lock.
|
||||
the i_pages lock.
|
||||
|
||||
Other lock order is following:
|
||||
PG_locked.
|
||||
|
@ -268,9 +268,19 @@ The common clock framework uses two global locks, the prepare lock and the
|
||||
enable lock.
|
||||
|
||||
The enable lock is a spinlock and is held across calls to the .enable,
|
||||
.disable and .is_enabled operations. Those operations are thus not allowed to
|
||||
sleep, and calls to the clk_enable(), clk_disable() and clk_is_enabled() API
|
||||
functions are allowed in atomic context.
|
||||
.disable operations. Those operations are thus not allowed to sleep,
|
||||
and calls to the clk_enable(), clk_disable() API functions are allowed in
|
||||
atomic context.
|
||||
|
||||
For clk_is_enabled() API, it is also designed to be allowed to be used in
|
||||
atomic context. However, it doesn't really make any sense to hold the enable
|
||||
lock in core, unless you want to do something else with the information of
|
||||
the enable state with that lock held. Otherwise, seeing if a clk is enabled is
|
||||
a one-shot read of the enabled state, which could just as easily change after
|
||||
the function returns because the lock is released. Thus the user of this API
|
||||
needs to handle synchronizing the read of the state with whatever they're
|
||||
using it for to make sure that the enable state doesn't change during that
|
||||
time.
|
||||
|
||||
The prepare lock is a mutex and is held across calls to all other operations.
|
||||
All those operations are allowed to sleep, and calls to the corresponding API
|
||||
|
@ -136,6 +136,19 @@ Sorting
|
||||
.. kernel-doc:: lib/list_sort.c
|
||||
:export:
|
||||
|
||||
Text Searching
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
.. kernel-doc:: lib/textsearch.c
|
||||
:doc: ts_intro
|
||||
|
||||
.. kernel-doc:: lib/textsearch.c
|
||||
:export:
|
||||
|
||||
.. kernel-doc:: include/linux/textsearch.h
|
||||
:functions: textsearch_find textsearch_next \
|
||||
textsearch_get_pattern textsearch_get_pattern_len
|
||||
|
||||
UUID/GUID
|
||||
---------
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ Plain Pointers
|
||||
Pointers printed without a specifier extension (i.e unadorned %p) are
|
||||
hashed to prevent leaking information about the kernel memory layout. This
|
||||
has the added benefit of providing a unique identifier. On 64-bit machines
|
||||
the first 32 bits are zeroed. If you *really* want the address see %px
|
||||
below.
|
||||
the first 32 bits are zeroed. The kernel will print ``(ptrval)`` until it
|
||||
gathers enough entropy. If you *really* want the address see %px below.
|
||||
|
||||
Symbols/Function Pointers
|
||||
-------------------------
|
||||
|
@ -97,12 +97,10 @@ flags - flags of the cpufreq driver
|
||||
==================================================================
|
||||
For details about OPP, see Documentation/power/opp.txt
|
||||
|
||||
dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - cpufreq framework typically is initialized with
|
||||
cpufreq_table_validate_and_show() which is provided with the list of
|
||||
frequencies that are available for operation. This function provides
|
||||
a ready to use conversion routine to translate the OPP layer's internal
|
||||
information about the available frequencies into a format readily
|
||||
providable to cpufreq.
|
||||
dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table -
|
||||
This function provides a ready to use conversion routine to translate
|
||||
the OPP layer's internal information about the available frequencies
|
||||
into a format readily providable to cpufreq.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNING: Do not use this function in interrupt context.
|
||||
|
||||
@ -112,7 +110,7 @@ dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table - cpufreq framework typically is initialized with
|
||||
/* Do things */
|
||||
r = dev_pm_opp_init_cpufreq_table(dev, &freq_table);
|
||||
if (!r)
|
||||
cpufreq_table_validate_and_show(policy, freq_table);
|
||||
policy->freq_table = freq_table;
|
||||
/* Do other things */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -259,10 +259,8 @@ CPUFREQ_ENTRY_INVALID. The entries don't need to be in sorted in any
|
||||
particular order, but if they are cpufreq core will do DVFS a bit
|
||||
quickly for them as search for best match is faster.
|
||||
|
||||
By calling cpufreq_table_validate_and_show(), the cpuinfo.min_freq and
|
||||
cpuinfo.max_freq values are detected, and policy->min and policy->max
|
||||
are set to the same values. This is helpful for the per-CPU
|
||||
initialization stage.
|
||||
The cpufreq table is verified automatically by the core if the policy contains a
|
||||
valid pointer in its policy->freq_table field.
|
||||
|
||||
cpufreq_frequency_table_verify() assures that at least one valid
|
||||
frequency is within policy->min and policy->max, and all other criteria
|
||||
|
@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ total 0
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage
|
||||
|
||||
@ -50,6 +51,7 @@ total 0
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage
|
||||
|
||||
@ -60,6 +62,7 @@ total 0
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage
|
||||
|
||||
@ -70,6 +73,7 @@ total 0
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 latency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 name
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 power
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 residency
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 time
|
||||
-r--r--r-- 1 root root 4096 Feb 8 10:42 usage
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
@ -78,6 +82,8 @@ total 0
|
||||
* desc : Small description about the idle state (string)
|
||||
* disable : Option to disable this idle state (bool) -> see note below
|
||||
* latency : Latency to exit out of this idle state (in microseconds)
|
||||
* residency : Time after which a state becomes more effecient than any
|
||||
shallower state (in microseconds)
|
||||
* name : Name of the idle state (string)
|
||||
* power : Power consumed while in this idle state (in milliwatts)
|
||||
* time : Total time spent in this idle state (in microseconds)
|
||||
|
@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
|
||||
Linux on the CRIS architecture
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
|
||||
This is a port of Linux to Axis Communications ETRAX 100LX,
|
||||
ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 embedded network CPUs.
|
||||
|
||||
For more information about CRIS and ETRAX please see further below.
|
||||
|
||||
In order to compile this you need a version of gcc with support for the
|
||||
ETRAX chip family. Please see this link for more information on how to
|
||||
download the compiler and other tools useful when building and booting
|
||||
software for the ETRAX platform:
|
||||
|
||||
http://developer.axis.com/wiki/doku.php?id=axis:install-howto-2_20
|
||||
|
||||
What is CRIS ?
|
||||
--------------
|
||||
|
||||
CRIS is an acronym for 'Code Reduced Instruction Set'. It is the CPU
|
||||
architecture in Axis Communication AB's range of embedded network CPU's,
|
||||
called ETRAX.
|
||||
|
||||
The ETRAX 100LX chip
|
||||
--------------------
|
||||
|
||||
For reference, please see the following link:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.axis.com/products/dev_etrax_100lx/index.htm
|
||||
|
||||
The ETRAX 100LX is a 100 MIPS processor with 8kB cache, MMU, and a very broad
|
||||
range of built-in interfaces, all with modern scatter/gather DMA.
|
||||
|
||||
Memory interfaces:
|
||||
|
||||
* SRAM
|
||||
* NOR-flash/ROM
|
||||
* EDO or page-mode DRAM
|
||||
* SDRAM
|
||||
|
||||
I/O interfaces:
|
||||
|
||||
* one 10/100 Mbit/s ethernet controller
|
||||
* four serial-ports (up to 6 Mbit/s)
|
||||
* two synchronous serial-ports for multimedia codec's etc.
|
||||
* USB host controller and USB slave
|
||||
* ATA
|
||||
* SCSI
|
||||
* two parallel-ports
|
||||
* two generic 8-bit ports
|
||||
|
||||
(not all interfaces are available at the same time due to chip pin
|
||||
multiplexing)
|
||||
|
||||
ETRAX 100LX is CRISv10 architecture.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
The ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 chips
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The ETRAX FS is a 200MHz 32-bit RISC processor with on-chip 16kB
|
||||
I-cache and 16kB D-cache and with a wide range of device interfaces
|
||||
including multiple high speed serial ports and an integrated USB 1.1 PHY.
|
||||
|
||||
The ARTPEC-3 is a variant of the ETRAX FS with additional IO-units
|
||||
used by the Axis Communications network cameras.
|
||||
|
||||
See below link for more information:
|
||||
|
||||
http://www.axis.com/products/dev_etrax_fs/index.htm
|
||||
|
||||
ETRAX FS and ARTPEC-3 are both CRISv32 architectures.
|
||||
|
||||
Bootlog
|
||||
-------
|
||||
|
||||
Just as an example, this is the debug-output from a boot of Linux 2.4 on
|
||||
a board with ETRAX 100LX. The displayed BogoMIPS value is 5 times too small :)
|
||||
At the end you see some user-mode programs booting like telnet and ftp daemons.
|
||||
|
||||
Linux version 2.4.1 (bjornw@godzilla.axis.se) (gcc version 2.96 20000427 (experimental)) #207 Wed Feb 21 15:48:15 CET 2001
|
||||
ROM fs in RAM, size 1376256 bytes
|
||||
Setting up paging and the MMU.
|
||||
On node 0 totalpages: 2048
|
||||
zone(0): 2048 pages.
|
||||
zone(1): 0 pages.
|
||||
zone(2): 0 pages.
|
||||
Linux/CRIS port on ETRAX 100LX (c) 2001 Axis Communications AB
|
||||
Kernel command line:
|
||||
Calibrating delay loop... 19.91 BogoMIPS
|
||||
Memory: 13872k/16384k available (587k kernel code, 2512k reserved, 44k data, 24k init)
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - vm_area_struct
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - filp
|
||||
Dentry-cache hash table entries: 2048 (order: 1, 16384 bytes)
|
||||
Buffer-cache hash table entries: 2048 (order: 0, 8192 bytes)
|
||||
Page-cache hash table entries: 2048 (order: 0, 8192 bytes)
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - kiobuf
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - bdev_cache
|
||||
Inode-cache hash table entries: 1024 (order: 0, 8192 bytes)
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - inode_cache
|
||||
POSIX conformance testing by UNIFIX
|
||||
Linux NET4.0 for Linux 2.4
|
||||
Based upon Swansea University Computer Society NET3.039
|
||||
Starting kswapd v1.8
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - file lock cache
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - blkdev_requests
|
||||
block: queued sectors max/low 9109kB/3036kB, 64 slots per queue
|
||||
ETRAX 100LX 10/100MBit ethernet v2.0 (c) 2000 Axis Communications AB
|
||||
eth0 initialized
|
||||
eth0: changed MAC to 00:40:8C:CD:00:00
|
||||
ETRAX 100LX serial-driver $Revision: 1.7 $, (c) 2000 Axis Communications AB
|
||||
ttyS0 at 0xb0000060 is a builtin UART with DMA
|
||||
ttyS1 at 0xb0000068 is a builtin UART with DMA
|
||||
ttyS2 at 0xb0000070 is a builtin UART with DMA
|
||||
ttyS3 at 0xb0000078 is a builtin UART with DMA
|
||||
Axis flash mapping: 200000 at 50000000
|
||||
Axis flash: Found 1 x16 CFI device at 0x0 in 16 bit mode
|
||||
Amd/Fujitsu Extended Query Table v1.0 at 0x0040
|
||||
Axis flash: JEDEC Device ID is 0xC4. Assuming broken CFI table.
|
||||
Axis flash: Swapping erase regions for broken CFI table.
|
||||
number of CFI chips: 1
|
||||
Using default partition table
|
||||
I2C driver v2.2, (c) 1999-2001 Axis Communications AB
|
||||
ETRAX 100LX GPIO driver v2.1, (c) 2001 Axis Communications AB
|
||||
NET4: Linux TCP/IP 1.0 for NET4.0
|
||||
IP Protocols: ICMP, UDP, TCP
|
||||
kmem_create: Forcing size word alignment - ip_dst_cache
|
||||
IP: routing cache hash table of 1024 buckets, 8Kbytes
|
||||
TCP: Hash tables configured (established 2048 bind 2048)
|
||||
NET4: Unix domain sockets 1.0/SMP for Linux NET4.0.
|
||||
VFS: Mounted root (cramfs filesystem) readonly.
|
||||
Init starts up...
|
||||
Mounted none on /proc ok.
|
||||
Setting up eth0 with ip 10.13.9.116 and mac 00:40:8c:18:04:60
|
||||
eth0: changed MAC to 00:40:8C:18:04:60
|
||||
Setting up lo with ip 127.0.0.1
|
||||
Default gateway is 10.13.9.1
|
||||
Hostname is bbox1
|
||||
Telnetd starting, using port 23.
|
||||
using /bin/sash as shell.
|
||||
sftpd[15]: sftpd $Revision: 1.7 $ starting up
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
And here is how some /proc entries look:
|
||||
|
||||
17# cd /proc
|
||||
17# cat cpuinfo
|
||||
cpu : CRIS
|
||||
cpu revision : 10
|
||||
cpu model : ETRAX 100LX
|
||||
cache size : 8 kB
|
||||
fpu : no
|
||||
mmu : yes
|
||||
ethernet : 10/100 Mbps
|
||||
token ring : no
|
||||
scsi : yes
|
||||
ata : yes
|
||||
usb : yes
|
||||
bogomips : 99.84
|
||||
|
||||
17# cat meminfo
|
||||
total: used: free: shared: buffers: cached:
|
||||
Mem: 7028736 925696 6103040 114688 0 229376
|
||||
Swap: 0 0 0
|
||||
MemTotal: 6864 kB
|
||||
MemFree: 5960 kB
|
||||
MemShared: 112 kB
|
||||
Buffers: 0 kB
|
||||
Cached: 224 kB
|
||||
Active: 224 kB
|
||||
Inact_dirty: 0 kB
|
||||
Inact_clean: 0 kB
|
||||
Inact_target: 0 kB
|
||||
HighTotal: 0 kB
|
||||
HighFree: 0 kB
|
||||
LowTotal: 6864 kB
|
||||
LowFree: 5960 kB
|
||||
SwapTotal: 0 kB
|
||||
SwapFree: 0 kB
|
||||
17# ls -l /bin
|
||||
-rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 10356 Jan 01 00:00 ifconfig
|
||||
-rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 17548 Jan 01 00:00 init
|
||||
-rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 9488 Jan 01 00:00 route
|
||||
-rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 46036 Jan 01 00:00 sftpd
|
||||
-rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 48104 Jan 01 00:00 sh
|
||||
-rwxr-xr-x 1 342 100 16252 Jan 01 00:00 telnetd
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
48
Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst
Normal file
48
Documentation/crypto/crypto_engine.rst
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
|
||||
=============
|
||||
CRYPTO ENGINE
|
||||
=============
|
||||
|
||||
Overview
|
||||
--------
|
||||
The crypto engine API (CE), is a crypto queue manager.
|
||||
|
||||
Requirement
|
||||
-----------
|
||||
You have to put at start of your tfm_ctx the struct crypto_engine_ctx
|
||||
struct your_tfm_ctx {
|
||||
struct crypto_engine_ctx enginectx;
|
||||
...
|
||||
};
|
||||
Why: Since CE manage only crypto_async_request, it cannot know the underlying
|
||||
request_type and so have access only on the TFM.
|
||||
So using container_of for accessing __ctx is impossible.
|
||||
Furthermore, the crypto engine cannot know the "struct your_tfm_ctx",
|
||||
so it must assume that crypto_engine_ctx is at start of it.
|
||||
|
||||
Order of operations
|
||||
-------------------
|
||||
You have to obtain a struct crypto_engine via crypto_engine_alloc_init().
|
||||
And start it via crypto_engine_start().
|
||||
|
||||
Before transferring any request, you have to fill the enginectx.
|
||||
- prepare_request: (taking a function pointer) If you need to do some processing before doing the request
|
||||
- unprepare_request: (taking a function pointer) Undoing what's done in prepare_request
|
||||
- do_one_request: (taking a function pointer) Do encryption for current request
|
||||
|
||||
Note: that those three functions get the crypto_async_request associated with the received request.
|
||||
So your need to get the original request via container_of(areq, struct yourrequesttype_request, base);
|
||||
|
||||
When your driver receive a crypto_request, you have to transfer it to
|
||||
the cryptoengine via one of:
|
||||
- crypto_transfer_ablkcipher_request_to_engine()
|
||||
- crypto_transfer_aead_request_to_engine()
|
||||
- crypto_transfer_akcipher_request_to_engine()
|
||||
- crypto_transfer_hash_request_to_engine()
|
||||
- crypto_transfer_skcipher_request_to_engine()
|
||||
|
||||
At the end of the request process, a call to one of the following function is needed:
|
||||
- crypto_finalize_ablkcipher_request
|
||||
- crypto_finalize_aead_request
|
||||
- crypto_finalize_akcipher_request
|
||||
- crypto_finalize_hash_request
|
||||
- crypto_finalize_skcipher_request
|
@ -236,6 +236,14 @@ when used from another part of the kernel.
|
||||
|
|
||||
'---------------> HASH2
|
||||
|
||||
Note that it is perfectly legal to "abandon" a request object:
|
||||
- call .init() and then (as many times) .update()
|
||||
- _not_ call any of .final(), .finup() or .export() at any point in future
|
||||
|
||||
In other words implementations should mind the resource allocation and clean-up.
|
||||
No resources related to request objects should remain allocated after a call
|
||||
to .init() or .update(), since there might be no chance to free them.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Specifics Of Asynchronous HASH Transformation
|
||||
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
|
||||
|
@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ with the difference that the orphan objects are not freed but only
|
||||
reported via /sys/kernel/debug/kmemleak. A similar method is used by the
|
||||
Valgrind tool (``memcheck --leak-check``) to detect the memory leaks in
|
||||
user-space applications.
|
||||
Kmemleak is supported on x86, arm, powerpc, sparc, sh, microblaze, ppc, mips, s390, metag and tile.
|
||||
Kmemleak is supported on x86, arm, powerpc, sparc, sh, microblaze, ppc, mips, s390 and tile.
|
||||
|
||||
Usage
|
||||
-----
|
||||
|
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ __releases - The specified lock is held on function entry, but not exit.
|
||||
|
||||
If the function enters and exits without the lock held, acquiring and
|
||||
releasing the lock inside the function in a balanced way, no
|
||||
annotation is needed. The tree annotations above are for cases where
|
||||
annotation is needed. The three annotations above are for cases where
|
||||
sparse would otherwise report a context imbalance.
|
||||
|
||||
Getting sparse
|
||||
|
@ -109,6 +109,17 @@ fec_start <offset>
|
||||
This is the offset, in <data_block_size> blocks, from the start of the
|
||||
FEC device to the beginning of the encoding data.
|
||||
|
||||
check_at_most_once
|
||||
Verify data blocks only the first time they are read from the data device,
|
||||
rather than every time. This reduces the overhead of dm-verity so that it
|
||||
can be used on systems that are memory and/or CPU constrained. However, it
|
||||
provides a reduced level of security because only offline tampering of the
|
||||
data device's content will be detected, not online tampering.
|
||||
|
||||
Hash blocks are still verified each time they are read from the hash device,
|
||||
since verification of hash blocks is less performance critical than data
|
||||
blocks, and a hash block will not be verified any more after all the data
|
||||
blocks it covers have been verified anyway.
|
||||
|
||||
Theory of operation
|
||||
===================
|
||||
|
179
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt
Normal file
179
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm,scmi.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
|
||||
System Control and Management Interface (SCMI) Message Protocol
|
||||
----------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
The SCMI is intended to allow agents such as OSPM to manage various functions
|
||||
that are provided by the hardware platform it is running on, including power
|
||||
and performance functions.
|
||||
|
||||
This binding is intended to define the interface the firmware implementing
|
||||
the SCMI as described in ARM document number ARM DUI 0922B ("ARM System Control
|
||||
and Management Interface Platform Design Document")[0] provide for OSPM in
|
||||
the device tree.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
|
||||
The scmi node with the following properties shall be under the /firmware/ node.
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible : shall be "arm,scmi"
|
||||
- mboxes: List of phandle and mailbox channel specifiers. It should contain
|
||||
exactly one or two mailboxes, one for transmitting messages("tx")
|
||||
and another optional for receiving the notifications("rx") if
|
||||
supported.
|
||||
- shmem : List of phandle pointing to the shared memory(SHM) area as per
|
||||
generic mailbox client binding.
|
||||
- #address-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes, maps to
|
||||
protocol identifier for a given sub-node.
|
||||
- #size-cells : should be '0' as 'reg' property doesn't have any size
|
||||
associated with it.
|
||||
|
||||
Optional properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- mbox-names: shall be "tx" or "rx" depending on mboxes entries.
|
||||
|
||||
See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/mailbox.txt for more details
|
||||
about the generic mailbox controller and client driver bindings.
|
||||
|
||||
The mailbox is the only permitted method of calling the SCMI firmware.
|
||||
Mailbox doorbell is used as a mechanism to alert the presence of a
|
||||
messages and/or notification.
|
||||
|
||||
Each protocol supported shall have a sub-node with corresponding compatible
|
||||
as described in the following sections. If the platform supports dedicated
|
||||
communication channel for a particular protocol, the 3 properties namely:
|
||||
mboxes, mbox-names and shmem shall be present in the sub-node corresponding
|
||||
to that protocol.
|
||||
|
||||
Clock/Performance bindings for the clocks/OPPs based on SCMI Message Protocol
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This binding uses the common clock binding[1].
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- #clock-cells : Should be 1. Contains the Clock ID value used by SCMI commands.
|
||||
|
||||
Power domain bindings for the power domains based on SCMI Message Protocol
|
||||
------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
This binding for the SCMI power domain providers uses the generic power
|
||||
domain binding[2].
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- #power-domain-cells : Should be 1. Contains the device or the power
|
||||
domain ID value used by SCMI commands.
|
||||
|
||||
Sensor bindings for the sensors based on SCMI Message Protocol
|
||||
--------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
SCMI provides an API to access the various sensors on the SoC.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- #thermal-sensor-cells: should be set to 1. This property follows the
|
||||
thermal device tree bindings[3].
|
||||
|
||||
Valid cell values are raw identifiers (Sensor ID)
|
||||
as used by the firmware. Refer to platform details
|
||||
for your implementation for the IDs to use.
|
||||
|
||||
SRAM and Shared Memory for SCMI
|
||||
-------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
A small area of SRAM is reserved for SCMI communication between application
|
||||
processors and SCP.
|
||||
|
||||
The properties should follow the generic mmio-sram description found in [4]
|
||||
|
||||
Each sub-node represents the reserved area for SCMI.
|
||||
|
||||
Required sub-node properties:
|
||||
- reg : The base offset and size of the reserved area with the SRAM
|
||||
- compatible : should be "arm,scmi-shmem" for Non-secure SRAM based
|
||||
shared memory
|
||||
|
||||
[0] http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.den0056a/index.html
|
||||
[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
|
||||
[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt
|
||||
[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt
|
||||
[4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
sram@50000000 {
|
||||
compatible = "mmio-sram";
|
||||
reg = <0x0 0x50000000 0x0 0x10000>;
|
||||
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||
ranges = <0 0x0 0x50000000 0x10000>;
|
||||
|
||||
cpu_scp_lpri: scp-shmem@0 {
|
||||
compatible = "arm,scmi-shmem";
|
||||
reg = <0x0 0x200>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
cpu_scp_hpri: scp-shmem@200 {
|
||||
compatible = "arm,scmi-shmem";
|
||||
reg = <0x200 0x200>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
mailbox@40000000 {
|
||||
....
|
||||
#mbox-cells = <1>;
|
||||
reg = <0x0 0x40000000 0x0 0x10000>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
firmware {
|
||||
|
||||
...
|
||||
|
||||
scmi {
|
||||
compatible = "arm,scmi";
|
||||
mboxes = <&mailbox 0 &mailbox 1>;
|
||||
mbox-names = "tx", "rx";
|
||||
shmem = <&cpu_scp_lpri &cpu_scp_hpri>;
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
|
||||
scmi_devpd: protocol@11 {
|
||||
reg = <0x11>;
|
||||
#power-domain-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
scmi_dvfs: protocol@13 {
|
||||
reg = <0x13>;
|
||||
#clock-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
scmi_clk: protocol@14 {
|
||||
reg = <0x14>;
|
||||
#clock-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
scmi_sensors0: protocol@15 {
|
||||
reg = <0x15>;
|
||||
#thermal-sensor-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
cpu@0 {
|
||||
...
|
||||
reg = <0 0>;
|
||||
clocks = <&scmi_dvfs 0>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
hdlcd@7ff60000 {
|
||||
...
|
||||
reg = <0 0x7ff60000 0 0x1000>;
|
||||
clocks = <&scmi_clk 4>;
|
||||
power-domains = <&scmi_devpd 1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
thermal-zones {
|
||||
soc_thermal {
|
||||
polling-delay-passive = <100>;
|
||||
polling-delay = <1000>;
|
||||
/* sensor ID */
|
||||
thermal-sensors = <&scmi_sensors0 3>;
|
||||
...
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
|
||||
=========================================================
|
||||
Secondary CPU enable-method "nuvoton,npcm750-smp" binding
|
||||
=========================================================
|
||||
|
||||
To apply to all CPUs, a single "nuvoton,npcm750-smp" enable method should be
|
||||
defined in the "cpus" node.
|
||||
|
||||
Enable method name: "nuvoton,npcm750-smp"
|
||||
Compatible machines: "nuvoton,npcm750"
|
||||
Compatible CPUs: "arm,cortex-a9"
|
||||
Related properties: (none)
|
||||
|
||||
Note:
|
||||
This enable method needs valid nodes compatible with "arm,cortex-a9-scu" and
|
||||
"nuvoton,npcm750-gcr".
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
cpus {
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <0>;
|
||||
enable-method = "nuvoton,npcm750-smp";
|
||||
|
||||
cpu@0 {
|
||||
device_type = "cpu";
|
||||
compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
|
||||
clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_CPU>;
|
||||
clock-names = "clk_cpu";
|
||||
reg = <0>;
|
||||
next-level-cache = <&L2>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
cpu@1 {
|
||||
device_type = "cpu";
|
||||
compatible = "arm,cortex-a9";
|
||||
clocks = <&clk NPCM7XX_CLK_CPU>;
|
||||
clock-names = "clk_cpu";
|
||||
reg = <1>;
|
||||
next-level-cache = <&L2>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -185,6 +185,7 @@ described below.
|
||||
"nvidia,tegra186-denver"
|
||||
"qcom,krait"
|
||||
"qcom,kryo"
|
||||
"qcom,kryo385"
|
||||
"qcom,scorpion"
|
||||
- enable-method
|
||||
Value type: <stringlist>
|
||||
@ -198,6 +199,7 @@ described below.
|
||||
"actions,s500-smp"
|
||||
"allwinner,sun6i-a31"
|
||||
"allwinner,sun8i-a23"
|
||||
"allwinner,sun9i-a80-smp"
|
||||
"amlogic,meson8-smp"
|
||||
"amlogic,meson8b-smp"
|
||||
"arm,realview-smp"
|
||||
|
@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
|
||||
Hisilicon Hip06 Low Pin Count device
|
||||
Hisilicon Hip06 SoCs implement a Low Pin Count (LPC) controller, which
|
||||
provides I/O access to some legacy ISA devices.
|
||||
Hip06 is based on arm64 architecture where there is no I/O space. So, the
|
||||
I/O ports here are not CPU addresses, and there is no 'ranges' property in
|
||||
LPC device node.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- compatible: value should be as follows:
|
||||
(a) "hisilicon,hip06-lpc"
|
||||
(b) "hisilicon,hip07-lpc"
|
||||
- #address-cells: must be 2 which stick to the ISA/EISA binding doc.
|
||||
- #size-cells: must be 1 which stick to the ISA/EISA binding doc.
|
||||
- reg: base memory range where the LPC register set is mapped.
|
||||
|
||||
Note:
|
||||
The node name before '@' must be "isa" to represent the binding stick to the
|
||||
ISA/EISA binding specification.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
isa@a01b0000 {
|
||||
compatible = "hisilicon,hip06-lpc";
|
||||
#address-cells = <2>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||
reg = <0x0 0xa01b0000 0x0 0x1000>;
|
||||
|
||||
ipmi0: bt@e4 {
|
||||
compatible = "ipmi-bt";
|
||||
device_type = "ipmi";
|
||||
reg = <0x01 0xe4 0x04>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
@ -74,6 +74,29 @@ Example:
|
||||
reboot-offset = <0x4>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Hisilicon Hi3798CV200 Peripheral Controller
|
||||
|
||||
The Hi3798CV200 Peripheral Controller controls peripherals, queries
|
||||
their status, and configures some functions of peripherals.
|
||||
|
||||
Required properties:
|
||||
- compatible: Should contain "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-perictrl", "syscon"
|
||||
and "simple-mfd".
|
||||
- reg: Register address and size of Peripheral Controller.
|
||||
- #address-cells: Should be 1.
|
||||
- #size-cells: Should be 1.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
|
||||
perictrl: peripheral-controller@8a20000 {
|
||||
compatible = "hisilicon,hi3798cv200-perictrl", "syscon",
|
||||
"simple-mfd";
|
||||
reg = <0x8a20000 0x1000>;
|
||||
#address-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#size-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
Hisilicon Hi6220 system controller
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -50,6 +50,15 @@ Supported boards:
|
||||
- Reference board variant 1 for MT7622:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-rfb1", "mediatek,mt7622";
|
||||
- Reference board for MT7623a with eMMC:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "mediatek,mt7623a-rfb-emmc", "mediatek,mt7623";
|
||||
- Reference board for MT7623a with NAND:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "mediatek,mt7623a-rfb-nand", "mediatek,mt7623";
|
||||
- Reference board for MT7623n with eMMC:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "mediatek,mt7623n-rfb-emmc", "mediatek,mt7623";
|
||||
- Reference board for MT7623n with NAND:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "mediatek,mt7623n-rfb-nand", "mediatek,mt7623";
|
||||
|
@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ The MediaTek AUDSYS controller provides various clocks to the system.
|
||||
Required Properties:
|
||||
|
||||
- compatible: Should be one of:
|
||||
- "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"
|
||||
- "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"
|
||||
- #clock-cells: Must be 1
|
||||
|
||||
@ -13,10 +14,19 @@ The AUDSYS controller uses the common clk binding from
|
||||
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
|
||||
The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h.
|
||||
|
||||
Required sub-nodes:
|
||||
-------
|
||||
For common binding part and usage, refer to
|
||||
../sonud/mt2701-afe-pcm.txt.
|
||||
|
||||
Example:
|
||||
|
||||
audsys: audsys@11220000 {
|
||||
compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon";
|
||||
reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x1000>;
|
||||
#clock-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
audsys: clock-controller@11220000 {
|
||||
compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon";
|
||||
reg = <0 0x11220000 0 0x2000>;
|
||||
#clock-cells = <1>;
|
||||
|
||||
afe: audio-controller {
|
||||
...
|
||||
};
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required Properties:
|
||||
- "mediatek,mt2701-ethsys", "syscon"
|
||||
- "mediatek,mt7622-ethsys", "syscon"
|
||||
- #clock-cells: Must be 1
|
||||
- #reset-cells: Must be 1
|
||||
|
||||
The ethsys controller uses the common clk binding from
|
||||
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
|
||||
|
@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties:
|
||||
- compatible: Should be:
|
||||
- "mediatek,mt7622-pciesys", "syscon"
|
||||
- #clock-cells: Must be 1
|
||||
- #reset-cells: Must be 1
|
||||
|
||||
The PCIESYS controller uses the common clk binding from
|
||||
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
|
||||
@ -19,4 +20,5 @@ pciesys: pciesys@1a100800 {
|
||||
compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-pciesys", "syscon";
|
||||
reg = <0 0x1a100800 0 0x1000>;
|
||||
#clock-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#reset-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ Required Properties:
|
||||
- compatible: Should be:
|
||||
- "mediatek,mt7622-ssusbsys", "syscon"
|
||||
- #clock-cells: Must be 1
|
||||
- #reset-cells: Must be 1
|
||||
|
||||
The SSUSBSYS controller uses the common clk binding from
|
||||
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
|
||||
@ -19,4 +20,5 @@ ssusbsys: ssusbsys@1a000000 {
|
||||
compatible = "mediatek,mt7622-ssusbsys", "syscon";
|
||||
reg = <0 0x1a000000 0 0x1000>;
|
||||
#clock-cells = <1>;
|
||||
#reset-cells = <1>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
6
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/npcm/npcm.txt
Normal file
6
Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/npcm/npcm.txt
Normal file
@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
|
||||
NPCM Platforms Device Tree Bindings
|
||||
-----------------------------------
|
||||
NPCM750 SoC
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "nuvoton,npcm750";
|
||||
|
@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ Required properties:
|
||||
"ti,omap4-scm-padconf-wkup"
|
||||
"ti,omap5-scm-core"
|
||||
"ti,omap5-scm-padconf-core"
|
||||
"ti,omap5-scm-wkup-pad-conf"
|
||||
"ti,dra7-scm-core"
|
||||
- reg: Contains Control Module register address range
|
||||
(base address and length)
|
||||
|
@ -13,6 +13,13 @@ Required properties:
|
||||
Optional properties:
|
||||
- sram: Phandle to the ocmcram node
|
||||
|
||||
am335x and am437x only:
|
||||
- pm-sram: Phandles to ocmcram nodes to be used for power management.
|
||||
First should be type 'protect-exec' for the driver to use to copy
|
||||
and run PM functions, second should be regular pool to be used for
|
||||
data region for code. See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sram/sram.txt
|
||||
for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
Examples:
|
||||
|
||||
- For an OMAP5 SMP system:
|
||||
@ -36,3 +43,12 @@ mpu {
|
||||
compatible = "ti,omap3-mpu";
|
||||
ti,hwmods = "mpu";
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
- For an AM335x system:
|
||||
|
||||
mpu {
|
||||
compatible = "ti,omap3-mpu";
|
||||
ti,hwmods = "mpu";
|
||||
pm-sram = <&pm_sram_code
|
||||
&pm_sram_data>;
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
@ -26,6 +26,7 @@ The 'SoC' element must be one of the following strings:
|
||||
msm8996
|
||||
mdm9615
|
||||
ipq8074
|
||||
sdm845
|
||||
|
||||
The 'board' element must be one of the following strings:
|
||||
|
||||
|
@ -50,6 +50,10 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "firefly,firefly-rk3399", "rockchip,rk3399";
|
||||
|
||||
- Firefly roc-rk3328-cc board:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "firefly,roc-rk3328-cc", "rockchip,rk3328";
|
||||
|
||||
- ChipSPARK PopMetal-RK3288 board:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "chipspark,popmetal-rk3288", "rockchip,rk3288";
|
||||
@ -181,10 +185,18 @@ Rockchip platforms device tree bindings
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-evb", "rockchip,rk3399";
|
||||
|
||||
- Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire board standalone:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-sapphire", "rockchip,rk3399";
|
||||
|
||||
- Rockchip RK3399 Sapphire Excavator board:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "rockchip,rk3399-sapphire-excavator", "rockchip,rk3399";
|
||||
|
||||
- Theobroma Systems RK3368-uQ7 Haikou Baseboard:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "tsd,rk3368-uq7-haikou", "rockchip,rk3368";
|
||||
|
||||
- Theobroma Systems RK3399-Q7 Haikou Baseboard:
|
||||
Required root node properties:
|
||||
- compatible = "tsd,rk3399-q7-haikou", "rockchip,rk3399";
|
||||
|
@ -43,6 +43,12 @@ following properties:
|
||||
- interrupt-parent: a phandle indicating which interrupt controller
|
||||
this PMU signals interrupts to.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Optional nodes:
|
||||
|
||||
- nodes defining the restart and poweroff syscon children
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
Example :
|
||||
pmu_system_controller: system-controller@10040000 {
|
||||
compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-pmu", "syscon";
|
||||
|
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
x
Reference in New Issue
Block a user